Zenith H36E46DT Schematic

SERVICE MANUAL

Model Series:

Product Type: Presentation Series Chassis: CS Manual Series: SR24 Manual Part #: 923-03509 Model Line: E Product Year: 2002

CONTENTS

General Information/Remote Controls............... 1

Factory Menu ............................................... 2

Servicing/Troubleshooting ............................. 3

Model/Module Parts Lists ............................... 4

Exploded Views ............................................. 5

Schematics ................................................... 6

H27E46DT H27E46DT8 H32E46DT H36E46DT

Printed in U.S.A.

Published November 2002

by Technical Publications

Zenith Electronics Corporation

201 James Record Road

Huntsville, Alabama 35824-1513

PRODUCT SAFETY SERVICING GUIDELINES FOR AUDIO-VIDEO PRODUCTS

A.C

IMPORTANT SAFETY NOTICE

This manual was prepared for use only by properly trained audio-visual service technicians.

When servicing this product, under no circumstances should the original design be modified or altered without permission from Zenith Electronics Corporation. All components should be replaced only with types identical to those in the original circuit and their physical location, wiring and lead dress must conform to original layout upon completion of repairs.

Special components are also used to prevent x-radiation, shock and fire hazard. These components are indicated by the letter “x” included in their component designators and are required to maintain safe performance. No deviations are allowed without prior approval by Zenith Electronics Corporation.

Circuit diagrams may occasionally differ from the actual circuit used. This way, implementation of the latest safety and performance improvement changes into the set is not delayed until the new service literature is printed.

CAUTION: Do not attempt to modify this product in any way. Never perform customized installations without manufacturer’s approval. Unauthorized modifications will not only void the warranty, but may lead to property damage or user injury.

Service work should be performed only after you are thoroughly familiar with these safety checks and servicing guidelines.

GRAPHIC SYMBOLS

The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the service personnel to important safety information in the service literature.

The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the service personnel to the presence of noninsulated “dangerous voltage” that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock.

The pictorial representation of a fuse and its rating within an equilateral triangle is intended to convey to the service personnel the following fuse replacement caution notice: CAUTION: FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE, REPLACE ALL FUSES WITH THE SAME TYPE AND RATING AS MARKED NEAR EACH FUSE.

SERVICE INFORMATION

While servicing, use an isolation transformer for protection from AC line shock. After the original service problem has been corrected, make a check of the following:

FIRE AND SHOCK HAZARD

1. Be sure that all components are positioned to avoid a possibility of adjacent component shorts. This is especially important on items transported to and from the repair shop.

2. Verify that all protective devices such as insulators, barriers, covers, shields, strain reliefs, power supply cords, and other hardware have been reinstalled per the original design. Be sure that the safety purpose of the polarized line plug has not been defeated.

3. Soldering must be inspected to discover possible cold solder joints, solder splashes, or sharp solder points. Be certain to remove all loose foreign particles.

4. Check for physical evidence of damage or deterioration to parts and components, for frayed leads or damaged insulation (including the AC cord), and replace if necessary.

5. No lead or component should touch a receiving tube or a resistor rated at 1 watt or more. Lead tension around protruding metal surfaces must be avoided.

6. After re-assembly of the set, always perform an AC leakage test on all exposed metallic parts of the cabinet (the channel selector knobs, antenna terminals, handle and screws) to be sure that set is safe to operate without danger of electrical shock. DO NOT USE A LINE ISOLATION TRANSFORMER DURING THIS TEST. Use an AC voltmeter having 5000 ohms per volt or more sensitivity in the following manner: Connect a 1500 ohm, 10 watt resistor, paralleled by a .15 mfd 150V AC type capacitor between a known good earth ground water pipe, conduit, etc.) and the exposed metallic parts, one at a time. Measure the AC voltage across the combination of 1500 ohm resistor and .15 mfd capacitor. Reverse the AC plug by using a non-polarized adaptor and repeat AC voltage measurements for each exposed metallic part. Voltage measured must not exceed 0.75 volts RMS. This corresponds to 0.5 milliamp AC. Any value exceeding this limit constitutes a potential shock hazard and must be corrected immediately.

Good Eart h Ground such as the Water Pipe, Conduit, etc.

X-RADIATION

1. Be sure procedures and instructions to all service personnel cover the subject of x-radiation. The only potential source of x-rays in current TV receivers is the picture tube. However, this tube does not emit x-rays when the HV is at the factory-specified level. The proper value is given in the applicable schematic. Operation at higher voltages may cause a failure of the picture tube or high-voltage supply and, under certain circumstances may produce radiation in excess of desirable levels.

2. Only factory-specified CRT anode connectors must be used.

3. It is essential that the service personnel have available an accurate and reliable high-voltage meter.

4. When the high-voltage circuitry is operating properly, there is no possibility of an x-radiation problem. Every time a color chassis is serviced, the brightness should be run up and down while monitoring the high voltage with a meter, to be certain that the high voltage does not exceed the specified value and that it is regulating correctly.

5. When troubleshooting and making test measurements in a product with a problem of excessively high voltage, avoid being unnecessarily close to the picture tube and the high voltage power supply. Do not operate the product longer than necessary to locate the cause of excessive voltage.

6. Refer to HV, B+, and shutdown adjustment procedures described in the appropriate schematics and diagrams (where used).

IMPLOSION

1. All direct view picture tubes are equipped with an integral implosion protection system; take care to avoid damage during installation.

2. Use only the recommended factory replacement tubes.

TIPS ON PROPER INSTALLATION

1. Never install any receiver in a closed-in recess, cubbyhole, or closely fitting shelf space over, or close to, a heat duct, or in the path of heated air flow.

2. Avoid conditions of high humidity such as: outdoor patio installations where dew is a factor, near steam radiators where steam leakage is a factor, etc.

3. Avoid placement where draperies may obstruct venting. The customer should also avoid the use of decorative scarves or other coverings that might obstruct ventilation.

4. Wall- and shelf-mounted installations using a commercial mounting kit must follow the factory-approved mounting instructions. A product mounted to a shelf or platform must retain its original feet (or the equivalent thickness in spacers) to provide adequate air flow across the bottom. Bolts or screws used for fasteners must not touch any parts or wiring. Perform leakage tests on customized installations.

5. Caution customers against mounting a product on a sloping shelf or in a tilted position, unless the receiver is properly secured.

6. A product on a roll-about cart should be stable in its mounting to the cart. Caution the customer on the hazards of trying to roll a cart with small casters across thresholds or deep pile carpets.

7. Caution customers against using a cart or stand that has not been listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. for use with its specific model of television receiver or generically approved for use with TVs of the same or larger screen size.

8. Caution customers against using extension cords. Explain that a forest of extensions, sprouting from a single outlet, can lead to disastrous consequences to home and family.

. Voltmeter

0.15uF

1500 OHM

10 WATT

Place this probe on each expose metal part .

SR24 - 923-03509 CS - SAFETY

PRODUCT SAFETY SERVICING GUIDELINES FOR AUDIO-VIDEO PRODUCTS

X-RADIATION

To prevent possible exposure to radiation caused by excessive CRT Anode voltage, the CS Chassis incorporates a “High Voltage Shutdown” circuit. This circuit senses the level of flyback pulse from the “Flyback Transformer” representative of the actual high voltage on the CRT anode. When this level exceeds a predetermined voltage, the circuit shuts down the horizontal drive, preventing further generation of anode voltage. In this condition, the horizontal drive is “latched” off for about 5 seconds, after which, restart is attempted.

SHUTDOWN CIRCUIT OPERATION

The flyback pulse voltage from Pin 6 of TX3201 (Flyback Transformer) is peak detected (rectified) by the action of diode D3206 and capacitor C3214. This forms a DC voltage appearing on C3214 representative of the CRT anode voltage (HV) produced by T3201. This voltage is divided down by precision resistors RX3214, RX3215, RX3216 & RX3217. This lower voltage, appear on the non-inverted input (pin 5) of IC3201.

If the CRT anode voltage become excessive, pin 5 of IC3201 will be higher than inverted input of pin 6. This will cause the output of pin 7 to rise to approximately 15 volts. This signal (SD_DRV) is sent to the base of Q4000 causing Horizontal Drive to be disabled and latched, which causes the HV to shutdown. In about 5 seconds, the shutdown circuit resets (Pins 8, 9 & 14 of IC2900), the Horizontal Drive and HV will be reestablished. The circuit formed by Q2907, C2913, C2916, D2908, R2923, R2935, R2936, and R2937 disables the HV compensation output (Q2902-b signal) during turn on and shutdown conditions (transients).

CRT ANODE HIGH VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE

Each CRT screen has it’s own safe operating Anode Voltage and shutdown voltage. Critical Safety components (designated with an ‘X’ in the component designator) are designed to operate the CRT at a safe operating Anode voltage and provide proper shutdown thresholds. If replacement of any of these components is deemed necessary, it is important to use original type Zenith replacement components.

After a replacement is made, confirm proper Anode voltage using the following procedure.

Measurement of the CRT Anode voltage must be performed with no visible raster on the screen and operating at nominal horizontal scanning frequency 15.734 or 37.9 Khz (TV or SVGA signal).

After discharging the CRT, connect a high impedance high voltage meter to the CRT anode. Turn the television ‘On’ and confirm good signal is being displayed. Reduce Brightness and Contrast settings until the picture is well extinguished.

Observe the Anode voltage meter reading and compare with the table below for the proper CRT screen size. If the voltage reading is higher than the maximum, verify circuit component values and proper operation.

HV SHUTDOWN MEASUREMENT PROCEDURE

1. Adjust the beam current to 0 mA in NTSC mode.

2. Apply a variable DC voltage to pin 10 of the PTD1 connector, from 20 to 0 Vdc, starting at 20 Vdc.

3. Slowly decrease supply towards zero.

4. Remove DC voltage from pin 10 of PTD1.

5. After approximately 5 seconds, verify that the HV is reestablished (High Voltage Reset).

From Pin 6, T3201

RX3213

Flyback Pulse

D3206

C3214

RX3215

RX3214

SHUTDOWN SAFETY CIRCUIT

D3207

R3221

+5V

RX3216

RX3217

C3215

+15V

V+

V-

IC3201

Screen

Size

HV Nominal

Level (k V) 27" 27 29 32" 30 31.5 36" 30 31.5

+15V

+5V

D2909

D2908

R2943

D4002

C2916

R2935

R2936

R2937

R2944

C2917

+15V

R2923

Q2907

V+

IC2900

V-

R4015

C2913

HV Max

Level (k V)

D2910

To Base of Q4000

OUT

SHUTDOWN

(SD_DRV)

To Base of Q2902

OUT

HV COMPENSATIO

DISABLE

SR24 - 923-03509 ii CS - SAFETY

- iii -

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1 OVERVIEW

OVERVIEW ............................................................. 1-1

CONNECTIONS ........................................................ 1-2

CONNECTIONS ................................................. 1-2

REMOTES ............................................................... 1-6

PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE .............................. 1-7

AUTO FIND ..................................................... 1-7

CABLE BOX ..................................................... 1-7

VOLUME OVERRIDE ........................................... 1-7

AUXILIARY CAPABILITY ..................................... 1-7

QUICKSET II PROGRAMMER ................................ 1-9

USER MENUS ....................................................... 1-12

SETUP MENU ................................................. 1-12

AUDIO MENU ................................................ 1-14

VIDEO MENU ................................................. 1-14

PARENTAL CONTROL ........................................ 1-15

SOURCE MENU............................................... 1-17

ALTERNATE SOURCE MENU BY TV/SOURCE KEY ... 1-17

VIDEO SOURCE INPUT ..................................... 1-19

COMPUTER SOURCE INPUT ............................... 1-20

SECTION 2 SERVICE MENU

SERVICE MENU ....................................................... 2-1

FACTORY MENU ITEMS ...................................... 2-3

FACTORY MENU TABLES .................................... 2-8

SECTION 6 SCHEMATICS

AUDIO/VIDEO SWITCH ............................................. 6-1

VIDEO CHROMA PROCESSOR ..................................... 6-2

VIDEO PROCESSOR .................................................. 6-3

VIDEO SYNC PROCESSOR ......................................... 6-4

AUDIO PROCESSOR ................................................. 6-5

IF DEMODULATOR ................................................... 6-6

MICROCONTROLLER ................................................. 6-7

MPI CARD .............................................................. 6-8

EDGE CARD ............................................................ 6-9

POWER SUPPLY ..................................................... 6-10

HORIZONTAL & VERTICAL DEFLECTION ...................... 6-11

POWER SUPPLY DAUGHTER BOARD .......................... 6-12

DYNAMIC FOCUS DAUGHTER BOARD ........................ 6-13

VIDEO OUTPUT ..................................................... 6-14

SECTION 3 SERVICING

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW ................................................. 3-1

CHASSIS OVERVIEW ......................................... 3-1

VIDEO PROCESSING................................................. 3-2

AUDIO PROCESSING ................................................ 3-5

POWER SUPPLY ....................................................... 3-6

DEFLECTION AND HIGH VOLTAGE ............................... 3-8

PURITY & CONVERGENCE SETUP PROCEDURE ............. 3-12

ADJUSTMENTS ...................................................... 3-13

IC DESCRIPTIONS ................................................. 3-14

SECTION 4 PARTS

MODEL PARTS ........................................................ 4-1

SECTION 5 DIAGRAMS

27” EXPLODED VIEW ............................................... 5-1

32” EXPLODED VIEW ............................................... 5-2

36” EXPLODED VIEW ............................................... 5-3

INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM ......................................... 5-4

LARGE SIGNAL PCB ................................................. 5-5

SMALL SIGNAL PCB TOP ........................................... 5-6

SMALL SIGNAL PCB BOTTOM ..................................... 5-7

SR24 - 923-03509 TOC CS - TOC

SECTION 1

OVERVIEW

IC5141

VIDEO OUTPUT

IC5121

5F4

2K6

2G9

10VGA1

2B4

2C5

2C4

6F1

2P6

8VGA2

IC1400

ICX2900

JACKPACK

4A8

4B8

2G4

2A3

2H4

2V4

2S2

IC801

CRT1

DAG2

4T8

FOCUS

DAG1

IC5161

ICX3400

LX3400 4R8

5C2

TX3401

TERMINAL 3RD WIRE GROUND FOR HOSPITAL AND EDUCATIONAL MARKETS

EX3400

Q2904

PTD2

DX3200

RED

PTD1

4H2

4G2

4D3

BLUE

4Y4

4V2

1 ICX2100

4B2

4A3

D3404

4C2

4F5

Q3202

Q4103

QX3200

D4102

T4000

The CS series chassis will be used on the E-Line Commercial Products. The Presentation Series PC-to-TV monitor receivers were designed for educational and business applications. This manual covers 27, 32, and 36 inch screen sizes. The concept of this chassis is to make one main board for all models and one power supply board for all models in a particular screen size. Additional plug in boards with jack packs may be added to the chassis to accommodate the different features.

The CS series chassis features 11 IC’s and 3 peripheral devices for all signal, sync and sweep processing. The ICX2200 handles the Base Band signal processing, the RGB processing, and video switching for 4 systems (HV sync signal processing included).

ICX2201 integrates the luminance signal processing, Chroma signal processing, and the sync signal. The ICX2600 was developed for various types of direction compensation for point scan/multi scan TVs. The IC1400 includes functions such as stereo modulation, SAP (Separate Audio Program), dBx noise reduction, and sound processing. The IC2900 is an A/V switch which determines which auxiliary video and audio signals will be processed by the video processor, also it can switch the IF video signal. IC6000 is the main microprocessor and IC6001 is the main memory.

All CS models are module level repair only. The table below contains basic information on the Presentation Series. For more datails please see the Interconnect Diagram in this Manual (section 5).

CS Ch assis Mo del Information

MODEL SCR CABINET JACKS EXTRA FEATURES RESOLUTION REMOTE MICRO OP GUIDE

ALL MODELS ARE MODU LE LEVEL REPAIR

H27E46DT 27 Table Top 11 VGA card and MPI card 800x600 124-00233-04

H27E46DT8 27 Table Top 11 VGA card and MPI card 800x600 124-00233-04

H32E46DT 32 Table Top 11 VGA card and MPI card 800x600 124-00233-04

H36E46DT 36 Table Top 11 VGA card and MPI card 800x600 124-00233-04

P221-1391-P07

206-03755

SR23 - 923-03509 1-1 CS - GENERAL

CONNECTIONS

The connection center on the rear of the TV allows for connection of the viewing source. The diagrams on the next page list the use of each jack on the connection center.

OUTPUTS

S-Video Loop out luminance is on pin 34 and chroma is on pin 32 of ICX2900. The analog stereo comes from pins 6 and 7 of IC1400 before running through a preamplifier circuit. After the pre-amp stage, the audio passes to the jackpack.

CAMPORT

Some models have video and right/left audio input jacks on the front of the receiver. These jacks can be used to view video tapes from a VCR or Camcorder. When the video cable is plugged into the jack, the shorting jack J1 opens, placing a high at pin 10 of the IC6000 microprocessor. This switches the TV into the auxiliary mode.

As long as the cables are attached, the TV set will be locked in auxiliary mode. Use of a remote control or buttons on the front of the set will not permit switching into tuner mode until the video cable is discon-

nected.

SUPERPORT - MPI

Zenith Commercial Product receivers are now being adapted to interact with other equipment. Prime examples of this can be found in Lodging and Health Care situations where the set is controlled from the main office.

All this is made possible by the new technology that is being built into these receivers. The SuperPort or Multiple Protocol Interface (MPI) jack and associated circuitry allow remote operation of the set.

MULTIPLE PROTOCOL INTERFACE

Television functions and features are controlled by the communication of commands and status information through the Superport by the MPI interface.

EBC (EDGE BOARD CARD)

Allows easy access for removing/installing accessory modules providing a rail mounted slide-through card.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-2 CS - GENERAL

CONNECTIONS

CONNECTION CENTER

1. COMPUTER VIDEO INPUT (HD15)

Standard DB15 receptacle for SVGA input video signal from either PC or Macintosh format. This provides a “Flicker-Free” view of the computer.

2. ANTENNA/CABLE JACK

This jack is used for 75-ohm antenna-type signal connections to the TV. Attach antenna, cable TV line, or other video equipment to jack. The input cable may come from an outdoor or master antenna, cable TV line, cable decoder box, or the RF output from a VCR.

3. S-VIDEO IN AND OUT

These jacks are for input and output connections to SUPER-VHS video equipment. Use the input jack for viewing S-Video. Use the output jack to loop the S-Video signal to an additional TV or monitor. The right and left audio jacks are used for the stereo input or output paired with the S-Video Signal.

4. VIDEO IN AND AUDIO IN

Use the Video and Audio In jacks for baseband video and audio input signals from a VCR or other signal source. To view the signal input to these jacks, select the AUX channel on the TV.

5. COMPUTER AUDIO IN

These jacks provide left and right audio input that can be paired with the computer data input.

6. AUDIO OUT

These jacks provide preamp audio out to be used with an external amplifier.

7. MPI (MULTIPLE PROTOCOL INTERFACE) JACK

Standard RJ11 jack to provide interface with in-room entertainment and video services. Also used with the installer’s remote control for programming other TVs in the system with the same features as the master TV.

8. POWER INDICATOR

The Scan Card power indicator LED (if the set has a Scan Card).

9. SUPERPORT

Allows easy installation of an accessory module without removing the cabinet back. Module is housed inside the TV cabinet and receives operating power and all necessary interface signals through internal connections.

S-VIDEO IN

VIDEO

COMPUTER

AUDIO

AUX IN

--AUDIO--

ANTENNA

CABLE

P U T E R

M. P.I.

S-VIDEO OUT

AUDIO OUT

SR23 - 923-03509 1-3 CS - GENERAL

CONNECTIONS

CONNECTING TO A COMPUTER

Installed in the certain units is the PCZTV internal scan converter, provided by FOCUS Enhancements, Inc. This allows the receiver/monitor to be used as a large screen device to view VGA video output of a PC or Macintosh format computer. In order to view these computer images, connect the computer to the Super Port input, turn on the receiver/monitor, set it to the appropriate source and activate your computer.

ANTENNA

CABLE

VIDEO OUT

O M P U T E R

M. P. I.

S-VIDEO IN

S-VIDEO OUT

AUDIO OUT

Connect to the audio output on the com

VIDEO

COMPUTER

--AUDIO--

AUX IN

--AUDIO--

AUDIO

uter.

Connect to the video output on the computer (DB 15).

In addition, the computer images may also be recorded onto video tape if a VCR is connected in as shown in the illustration.

ANTENNA

CABLE

C O M P U T E R

Connect to the video input on the VCR.

VIDEO OUT

M. P. I.

Connect to the audio in

S-VIDEO IN

S-VIDEO OUT

VIDEO

AUDIO OUT

COMPUTER

ut on the VCR.

--AUDIO--

AUX IN

RL--AUDIO--

--AUDIO--

AUDIO

FORMATS

Compatible Video Formats

Resolution Refresh

640 x 480 60 Hz 640 x 480 72 Hz 800 x 600 60 Hz 800 x 600 67 Hz

1024 x 767 60 Hz

DOS TEXT 70 Hz 640 x 480 67 Hz 832 x 768 67 Hz

CABLE AND ACCESSORIES KIT

Included with this new receiver/monitor is an accessories kit which provides the necessary items for connecting a computer to the Super Port jack. The kit includes the following:

Accessories Kit

Quantity Accessory Item

1 HD DB15 Female to DB15 Male adapter.

CONNECTIONS

If the computer provides video out via a DB15 jack (15 pins aligned in two rows), the HD DB 15 to DB15 adapter will have to be used. Plug the DB15 side of the adapter into the DB15 video out of the computer. Then connect the 15-foot video cable, between the HD DB15 side of the adapter and the HD DB15 jack of the Super Port.

15 foot VGA interconnect cable. HD DB15 Male to HD DB15 Male. 10 inch Computer Video interconnect cable. Male phone to Male phono (Cable C).

3½ floppy disk: Accessory Video driver software.

(Instructions included separately)

SR23 - 923-03509 1-4 CS - GENERAL

CONNECTIONS

HD DB15 (15 pins aligned in thre e rows)

DB15 (15 pins aligne in two rows)

HD DB15 Femal to DB15 Male Ada

ter

DB15 Pin Descriptions

Pin Connection Pin Connection

1 Red Video Input 9 No Connection 2 Green video Input 10 Digital/Sync (mode) 3 Blue Video Input 11 Reserved (mode) 4 Reserved 12 No Connection 5 Reserved (test) 13 Horizontal Sync 6 Red Video Ground 14 Vertical Sync 7 Green Video Ground 15 No Connection 8 Blue Video Ground

USING PCZTV

Once the connections to the receiver monitor have been completed, the receiver/monitor can be used to view images from the computer.

1. Turn on the receiver/monitor

2. Tune the receiver/monitor to the appropriate source.

3. Turn on the computer.

4. The computer images should be visible on the screen.

RECORDING THE COMPUTER IMAGE

If your VCR has an video input jack, the computer images can be recorded to video tape. Connect the VCR as described by the illustration on the previous page.

This jack pack provides L/R audio input paired with computer data input which will allow recording of audio along with the video images. Your computer must provide audio out that can be connected to the jack pack input on the receiver/monitor.

CHOOSING A DESKTOP PATTERN

Because of a television’s low resolution (as compared to that of a computer monitor), avoid using computer desktop patterns that consist of elaborate designs or colors. These can tend to vibrate or distort on the screen.

The recommended desktop pattern is either Black, a limited gray design, or some other solid dark color.

VIDEO DISTRIBUTION AMPLIFIER

If your receiver/monitor will be part of a closed circuit network using a cable that is longer then 25 feet, or if several sets will be used together using the loop out jack, then a video distribution amplifier will probably be necessary to ensure adequate signal strength is provided. These types of amplifiers can be purchased separately in many consumer audio/video stores.

VIDEO ADJUSTMENT

Adjustments to the computer video image are controlled through the remote control. The 2 and 8 buttons shift the display vertically. The 4 and 6 buttons shift the display horizontally. 1 is Zoom, 0 is freeze, and 5 gives menu access.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-5 CS - GENERAL

REMOTES

FLASHBK (Flashback)

Returns to previous Channel.

SURF

Turns Surf Channel On/Off

CHANNEL (Up/Down)

Selects next channel in

TV’s memory. Press

and hold to repeat.

NUMBER PAD

Selects channels directly.

REMOTE INFO

PRG

CABLE

SURF

VCR

FLASHBK

CHANNEL

VOLUME

CHANNEL

POWER

AUX

MUTE

VOLUME

POWER

Turns TV On or Off.

MODE

Selects the remote's mode of operation

MUTE

Turns sound Off and On while picture remains.

VOLUME (Left/Right)

Increases TV’s sound level.

ENTER

Shows Channel/Time, enters channel, or removes any on-screen menus.

Displays menus for TV

and other options.

LEFT/RIGHT ARROWS

Chooses and shows the

desired menu option.

A, B, C Keys

Special features of some TV’s

TIMER

Displays the Sleep Timer menu.

Press repeatedly to set desired

TV shut-off time.

RECORD

REWIND

PAUSE

ENTER

TIMER

PLAY

STOP

MBR3447C

124-00233-04

TV/VCR

SOURCE

FFWD

QUIT

QUIT/ (Three Functions Key)

Exits from on-screen display, turns the sound enhancement feature on or off, and switches audio between Main source and PIP source.

UP and DOWN ARROWS

Moves highlighted bar within menu to select an option.

Displays closed caption menu.

TV/VCR SOURCE

Steps through source options.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-6 CS - REMOTES

REMOTE INFO

PROGRAMMING THE REMOTE

If you’re using Zenith products, the remote is already programmed for most common codes: TV = 101, VCR = 201, CABLE = 353, and AUX = 401. For other brands, or if your remote fails to control your Zenith products, you’ll have to program the remote.

After installing the batteries, follow these steps for each product:

1. Press and hold PRG using a blunt pointed object. Release PRG after the indicator light turns on.

2. Press the device button to be programmed (CATV, VCR, AUX, or TV).

3. Enter the 3-digit product code from chart on next page.

4. Press and release ENTER to save the code.

5. Point the remote at product and press POWER to test the product’s operation. If it does not turn on, reprogram remote using a different code.

6. Write the codes on the label inside the battery compartment for future reference.

AUTO FIND

If none of the codes in the code table operate your equipment, use Auto Find to search for the proper code.

1. Turn on the product you want to operate.

2. Press and hold PRG using a blunt pointed object. Release PRG after the indicator light turns on.

3. Press the key to be programmed (CATV, VCR, AUX, or TV).

4. Enter “000”, then press ENTER within two seconds. Auto Find is active after the indicator light flashes and remains lit.

5. Point the remote at the product.

6. Press and release POWER repeatedly, about once a second, until your product turns off. The indicator light turns off when you press POWER and on when you release it.

7. Press ENTER immediately to save the code. The indicator light flashes to indicate the code has been saved.

8. Press POWER to turn On your product.

9. Test your product. If the remote fails to operate some of the basic functions, use Auto Find again to search for a better code. (Auto Find resumes its search after the last code that was entered and saved in step 7).

NOTE: If the indicator light stays on as you press

POWER, Auto Find has tried all of the codes. If the product you want to control has not turned off, your remote will not work with that product. To cancel Auto Find, press PRG at any time during Auto Find.

CABLE BOX

This remote can control the cable/converter box volume and muting (instead of the TV’s) if available on your equipment.

1. Program the cable/converter box normally.

2. After programming the cable/converter box, Press and hold PRG again using a blunt pointed object. Release PRG after the indicator light turns on.

3. Press and release the device button the cable box is assigned to.

4. This time, enter the special code 3-9-9 instead of the product code.

5. Press and release ENTER to save.

VOLUME OVERRIDE

These remotes can override TV, VCR, or Video Disk Player volume functions with an amplifier’s volume and muting.

1. Program the amplifier normally.

2. After programming the amplifier, Press and hold PRG again using a blunt pointed object. Release PRG after the indicator light turns on.

3. Press and release the device button whose volume control is to be replaced by the amplifier volume control. For example, pressing TV will operate the amplifier’s volume while the remote is in TV mode.

4. This time, enter the special code 4-9-9 instead of the product code.

5. Press and release ENTER to save.

AUXILIARY CAPABILITY

This remote can control up to seven devices. If the remote has been programmed for four components using the TV, VCR, CABLE, and AUX keys, you may also program it for up to three additional using AUX+1, AUX+2, and AUX+3.

TO PROGRAM AUX+1, AUX+2, AND AUX+3

1. Locate three-digit code for product in code table.

2. Press and hold PRG until indicator lights up.

3. Press the AUX and 1 simultaneously to select AUX+1.

4. Enter the three-digit code and press ENTER. The indicator light should flash and then turn off to indicate the code has been accepted. If the light stays on, repeat steps 3 and 4 or try a different code.

5. Repeat steps 2-4 for AUX+2 and AUX+3.

6. Write the codes on the label inside battery compartment for future reference. Hold down AUX and press 1, 2, or 3 to access AUX+1, +2, or +3 mode.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-7 CS - REMOTES

REMOTE INFO

TV's

Daewoo 149 ProScan 216,260,266, Sprucer 313 Sharp 441,442 Zenith 101,121,149 282,725 Stargate 326,379 Sherwood 449 152 Quasar 259 ,29 5 St andard Co mp 33 5 Hit achi 950

TV/VCR

Adventura TV/VCR 154 240,242,249, Tocom 317,318,34 6 Luxman 930 Daewoo TV/VCR 148 260,266,282, Unika 325,348,362 M agnavox 421,422,433, Funai TV /V CR 154 283,284,285, Universal 325,358,362 434 Goldstar TV/VCR 153,172 286,287,288, V id Tech 340 Sony 420,443,444, Symphonic TV/VCR 154 708,710,711, Video Way 349 445,934 Zeni th TV / VC R 150, 153 ,154 72 5 V iew star 3 27,3 54,3 55, So undesig n 4 61,49 8,9 01, 172 R eali sti c 212,2 13 ,26 5, 372 90 2

VCR's

Admiral 261 Salora 297 Technics 432

Akai 292,717,718, Samsung 220,230

719,720 Sansui 289,292,709, Alphastar 516 Zenith CD Rec Audio Dynamics 726 726 Chaparral 501,502 Zenith 460,461,498, B ell + Ho well 2 47 Sanyo 2 12 ,24 7,29 4 Cheyenne 50 2 9 01,90 2 Broksonic 221,250,255, Scott 243,290,729 Dishnet 515

72 9 Sears 2 11,212, 213, D rake 50 3 Cand le 727 2 65,2 74 GE 510 ,517 Ci ti zen 9 14 Cano n 70 4 Sharp 2 61,730 Gener al Ins tr uments 504 ,505 GE 9 16 Cap eheart 72 8 Sig nat ure 2 00 0 216,2 19 ,2 49 Hi tachi 519 ,520 Go ld st ar 460,474 Citizen 727 Sony 232,723,724 Hughes Network 514 Hit achi 919 Cr aig 2 12 Syl vania 275,2 9 7 JV C 518 JV C 90 8 Curtis Mathes 259,266,725, Tatung 268,292 Macom 314 Kenwood 484

72 7 Teac 2 68 M ag navo x 52 1 Luxman 4 67 Daewoo 244,246,248, Teknika 272 Philips 521 M arantz 903,913

254,703,729 Toshiba 213,274,290, PrimeStar 513 Memorex 485 Daytron 246 297 ProScan 510,517 Nad 904 DBX 726 Vecto r Research 726,72 7 RCA DSS 373 Nakami chi 49 3 Electrohome 730 Victor 726 RCA 510,517 Onkyo 471,906 Emerson 203,221,243, Video Concepts 726,727 Realistic 506 Optimus 905

250,293,721, XR - 1000 243 Sierra I 502 Panaso nic 9 12

72 2,72 9,73 0, Y amaha 726 Sier ra II 50 2 Pi oneer 470 ,485,9 07

731,732 Zenith 201,224,225, Sierra III 502 Proton 910 Fisher 211,212,213, 229 Sony 511 Quasar 912

247,265,274 STS1 507 RCA 909 GE 216,220,266, STS3 508 Sharp 483,917,918

282,701,70 2,

725 Allegro 358,362 Uniden 522 Sony 486,489,490, Go Video 256,262,263, A llegro A-B Switch 361 United 344 491,492

700 Archer 325 Zenith Drake 312,328,330 Soundesign 461,498,901, Go ld st ar 2 53 Cent ury 32 5 Zeni th 351,378 ,50 0 9 02 Harman Kardon 296 Citizen 325 Toshiba 915

Hitachi 257,270,273, Comtronic 326

292,705,706, Everquest 379 Sony 452 Victor 908

707,708 Garrard 325 Zenith 460,461,498,

JC Penney 268,726 GE 367 Jensen 292 Gemini 305,331,338 ADC 940

JVC 224,225,258, General Inst rument 304,305,306, ADO 939

268,292,299, 307,308,309 , Aiwa 938 JVC 965

72 6 3 10 ,318 A kai 9 37 M it subi shi 96 4 Kenwood 268,292,726, Hamlin 302,303,345, Denon 935 Pioneer 9 63

72 7 3 65,3 66 Dy natec h 953 So ny 96 2 Magnavox 275 Jasco 325 Emerson 952 Toshiba 961 Marantz 267,268,726, Jerrold 304,307,308, Fisher 438,933,951 Zenith 960

727 309,310,318, GE 932

Memorex 212,298 360,363 Goldstar 460 MGA 297,730 Kale Vision 335 Hitachi 950 Echostar 805 Mitsubishi 276,277,278, M acom 321 Kenwood 441, 931, 948 Hughes 803

279,280,296 , M agnavox 327,334 JVC 949, 954 Philips 802

297,730 NSC 335,339,368, Luxman 930 RCA 804 Montgomery Ward 216,219 ,249, 369,370 M arant z 929,947 Sony 801

291,730 Oak 311,332,342 M CS 928 Zenith 800 M ult it ech 72 7 Panaso nic 313, 32 0 M it sub is hi 92 7 NEC 267,268,269, Philips 325,327,347, Nakamichi 925,926

281,292,709, 350,352,354, Onkyo 923,92 4,946

726 355 Optimus 920,921,922 Or io n 250 Pio neer 3 15, 34 3 Panaso nic 4 3 1,432,945 Panaso nic 24 5,251,259 , RC A 3 41 Phil ip s 4 21,433,434

713 ,714 ,715, Reg ency 32 9 Pi oneer 4 31,4 35,9 44

716 Samsung 326,335 Quasar 432 Pentax 708,727 Scientific Atlanta 316,323,336, Radio Shack 431,441 Philco 275 337,364 RCA 437,943 Pio neer 210,2 82 ,72 6 Si gnal 3 26 Sany o 4 38 ,4 39

Portland 246,727 SL M arx 326 Sears 936

Radio Shack 213,265,73 0 Teleview 326 JVC 949,954

RCA 216,220,228, Texscan 33 9,356,371 Kenwoo d 44 1,93 1,94 8

Sais ho 72 2 Z enit h PM 3 74 T eac 4 18 ,419

73 0 Z enit h HT- 20 00 3 53 Sylv ania 4 33

SATELLITE Yamaha 414,941,942

415

TUNER/AMP

CATV Toshiba 509,512 Sherwood 900

AUDIO - TAPE DECKS

Techni cs 9 12

COMP ACT DISC 901,902

DVD Players

HD/STB

SR23 - 923-03509 1-8 CS - REMOTES

REMOTE INFO

Status

Indicator

MPI

Reset

Color

battery OK

green

battery low

red

Blink pattern

slow

QUICKSET II PROGRAMMER

The Quick Set II programmer LT2000 (or LT1500) allow custom setup and programming information to be quickly copied from a master TV into multiple television sets. The LT2000 can clone programmable labels, but the LT1500 cannot. Once learned from the master, setup data is retained in the LT2000 for future use and recall.

When using the LT2000, operation will be easier if the TV is connected to a good quality signal and displaying a stable picture. To operate the LT2000, use the indicated keys on an installer’s remote or user’s remote, or the front panel keys on the TV receiver.

SETUP

Begin the programming process by setting up a master TV set using one of the installer’s remotes or an MBR remote. Follow the instructions in the operating guide for the specific TV model. Remember to set all features that will be customized including the channel scan list, channel labels, and installer menu setups.

Next connect the LT2000 to the master TV set using the cable provided with the programmer. Connect the cable between the MPI jack on the TV and the programmer. The TV set automatically activates the programmer.

Once connected, check the “Status Indicator” LED on the programmer. If the indicator is green and flashing (a double-blink “heartbeat” pattern), proceed to the next step.

NOTE: A slowly flashing green light indicates there is

a problem with the communications between TV and programmer. In this case, check for damaged cable, poor contacts, or other connection problems. If the status indicator is red, the programmer batteries are low.

If communications are good, the sign-on screen will be displayed on the TV screen as shown on the quick setup instructions. If the intention is to set the TV’s or programmer’s real-time clocks, and not the clone clock or TV clock time settings, then press a key to proceed to the main clone menu.

If a previously stored TV setup is in a particular clone memory, it may be changed if desired by overwriting it with a new setup. There is no need for a separated memory clear operation. Setups stored in programmer memory are nonvolatile and will be retained even after a battery change.

LEARN FROM TV

Select “Learn From TV” then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to begin learning process. Alternatively, use the TV front panel CHANNEL UP or CHANNEL DOWN keys to highlight choice. Press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to activate. The next screen will allow a choice of four available memories to store this TV setup. Four different TV setups can be stored in the LT2000.

Using the On-screen menu, choose a memory or choose to return to the main selection menu. Now press ON/ OFF, POWER, or ENTER to activate your selection. The next screen allows one last opportunity to check the versions of TV and clone setups.

Press ON/OFF or POWER to activate the learning cycle, or press any other keys to return to the selection menu to make another choices.

Once a process has begun, the TV screen will display “LEARNING IN PROGRESS”. Please wait for the process to complete. When the TV screen displays “LEARNING COMPLETED”, press any key to end the learning process and return to the clone selection menu.

TEACH TO TV

Select “TEACH TO TV”, and then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to begin teaching process. Alternatively, use the TV front panel CHANNEL UP or DOWN keys to highlight the choice and then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to activate. The next screen displays a choice of the four available memories that can be copied to the TV. Select the desired memory number, and press ON/ OFF, POWER, or ENTER to begin the teaching process. Alternatively, use the TV front panel CHANNEL UP or DOWN keys to highlight choice. Press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to begin.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-9 CS - REMOTES

REMOTE INFO

Using the on-screen menu, select a memory or return to the main selection menu. Then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to activate the selection.

The next screen allows for one last opportunity to check the versions of TV and clone setups. Press ON/OFF or POWER to activate the teaching cycle, or any other key to return to the selection menu to make other choices.

Once a process has begun, the TV screen will display the “TEACHING IN PROGRESS” message. Please wait for the process to complete. When the TV screen displays “TEACHING COMPLETED”, press any key to end the teaching process and return to the clone selection menu.

SET CLONE CLOCK FROM TV

To set the real-time clock in the LT2000, select “SET CLONE FROM TV” and then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to copy current TV time to the clone clock. Alternatively, use the TV front panel CHANNEL UP or CHANNEL DOWN keys to highlight the choice. Then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to activate.

This process will return the LT2000 to the sign-on screen to display the clone and TV clock settings. Press a key to go to the clone selection menu and perform other functions, or simply disconnect if the time setting was the last task.

SET TV CLOCK FROM CLONE

To set the real time clock in the, select “SET TV CLOCK FROM CLONE” and then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to copy current LT2000 time to the TV clock. Alternatively, use the TV front panel CHANNEL UP or CHANNEL DOWN keys to highlight the choice. Then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to activate.

DISPLAY TV SETUP

Select “DISPLAY TV SETUP”, and then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to begin the teaching process. Alternatively, use the TV front panel CHANNEL UP or CHANNEL DOWN keys to highlight your choice. Then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER.

The TV screen will display the items in the service menu setups. Use this function to quickly check the TV for correct setup. Press any key to clear display and return to the clone selection menu.

DISPLAY CLONE SETUP

Select “DISPLAY CLONE SETUP” and then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to begin the teaching process. Alternatively, use the TV front panel CHANNEL UP or CHANNEL DOWN keys to highlight the choice, then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to begin.

The TV screen will display the memory selection menu. Select the desired memory number, and then press ON/ OFF, POWER, or ENTER to display the contents of the selected memory. Alternatively, use the TV’s CHANNEL UP or CHANNEL DOWN keys to highlight the choice, then press ON/OFF, POWER, or ENTER to begin.

The TV screen will display items in the factory menu setup. Use this function to quickly check contents of a particular clone memory for correct setup. Press any key to clear the display and return to the clone selection menu.

Note: The following two items only appear on sets

that do not have the built-in ability to clone channel labels.

EDIT CHANNEL LABELS

Select the edit channel labels option and push ON/OFF, Power, or Enter. Select the memory location (1,2,3,4) and edit.

VOL L/R Selects update label CH U/D Selects label to be changed MUTE Clears present setting ENTER Loads new labels POWER Exits the menu

SEND CHANNEL LABELS

Select the send channel labels option and push ON/ OFF, Power, or Enter. Select the memory location (1,2,3,4) and push ON/OFF. A message will indicate that is doing the copy and when it is finished.

OPERATION NOTES

Disconnect the LT2000 from the TV set when the desired task has been completed. Disconnecting the clone automatically switches it off. The real time clock continues to run when the main circuits are switched off.

After replacing exhausted batteries, or if the programmer behaves strangely after a static shock, use a paper clip or similar instrument inserted through the small hole marked “RESET” to activate the internal reset switch and restore normal operation. After reset, check the real-time clock setting. It may be necessary to reset the clock from a TV programmed to the correct time.

The specific microprocessor used in any TV set may be determined by activating the service menu. The microprocessor part number appears at the top of the screen with the service menu is activated. Processors before the 221-01006 have limited screen display capability. They cannot display entire screens as shown in the quick setup instructions accompanying the LT2000 programmer. Use the printed menu illustrations on the quick setup sheet as an aid in making programming choices.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-10 CS - REMOTES

USER MENUS

USER MENUS 905-10533

SETUP MENU

The Setup Menu and all of the options for Presentation Chassis are described below.

Note: This menu is not available while the set is in

computer mode.

SETUP MENU

AUTO PROGRAM

ADD/DEL/BLNK

CH. LABELS

CLOCK SET

CAPTIONS

ALARM

LANGUAGE

AUTO PROGRAM

The Auto Program feature automatically searches for all available channels and marks them as ‘added’ so that they may be accessed via the channel Up/Down key.

In the Auto Program screen:

• A message at the top displays “Auto Program” to let the customer know that they have entered the Auto Program feature.

• A line at the bottom of the screen shows that the Up/Down and Left/Right Arrow keys are used for Auto Program selections.

• The current RF input type (Off Air Antenna or Cable TV) is highlighted. Use the Up/Down Arrow keys to change the RF input type.

To start the Auto Program, press the Left/Right Arrow key. If the Cable TV input type is selected, the Auto Program routine will determine what type of cable system is present.

Notes:

• Auto program clears all blanked channels, which were added.

• While searching for channels, all keys except for the Power key are disabled. This prevents an incomplete Auto Program procedure.

• Running the Auto Program will clear the factory mode, if it was active. This happens at the end of the Auto Program.

• If the Auto Program line in the Setup Menu is ‘red’, this indicates that the module did not pass one of the test equipment’s tests.

TO PROGRAM

CHANNEL ADD/DEL/BLNK

After running the Auto Program, all channels found by the Auto Program feature will be marked as ‘Added’. However, some of these channels may be scrambled, or undesired by the customer. The Channel Add/Del/Blnk feature allows the customer to selectively mark any channel as ‘Deleted’ or ‘Added’.

To change the status of a channel, press the Right/Left Arrow key.

To change the channel while adding or deleting channels, use the Channel Up/Down keys, or press the desired channel digits followed by ‘Enter’. If Channel Up/Down is pressed the next or previous channel, which was marked ‘Added’, will appear. If only one channel is present, to change the channel the customer must use the digit keypad to select a channel.

CH. LABEL

This feature allows the customer to select a channel label for the current station. This channel label is displayed in the Channel/Time display. Initially, all channel labels are set to ‘——‘ (which means that auto label is selected).

To change the current channel label, press the Left or Right Arrow key.

To change the channel while adjusting channel labels, use the Channel Up/Down Arrow keys, or press the desired channel digits, followed by ‘Enter’. (If Channel Up/Down is pressed, the next or previous channel that was marked ‘Added’ will appear.)

Channel Labels

A&E CMTV ESPN HSE NOS TBN VC ABC CNBC ESP2 HSN PBS TELE VCR ACTS CNN ET IC PLAY TLC VH-1 ADC COM EWTN INSP PTL TMC VISN AMC CSPN FAM JCN QVC TNN VJN BCC CSP2 FNN LIFE RDS TNT WB BET CTN FOX MAX REQ TRAV WGN BRAV CTV F&V ME/U SC TSN WTBS CA DIS FX MMT SCFI TVA WWOR CBC DISC GALA MTV SHOW TWC YTV CBN E! HBO NBC SIN UPN - - - CBS ENC HN NICK TBS USA None NOTE:

Selecting the "- - - -" label option means that auto label is selected. Selecting the "None" option means the channel will not have a label.

If no channels are found then the following message will appear: “Make sure that the cable/ant. is connected and try again.”

SR23 - 923-03509 1-11 CS - MENUS

USER MENUS 905-10533

Notes:

• When the “- - - -” label is selected, then the Auto channel label is activated, in other words, the program automatically takes the channel label of the signal that is sent by broadcasting through the XDS service.

• If the label None is selected, the Auto channel label is not activated.

PROGRAMMABLE CHANNEL LABELS

Besides the labels already provided, the customer may select a label of his or her choice. The programmable labels are at the end of the list of labels already provided.

Pressing the volume key allows the editing of the first character. In this case it is the “L” that would start blinking. However, if the Left volume key is pressed, the “1” is the character that would begin to blink. When the character begins to blink, the customer may select another character.

The method of selecting another character is by pressing the channel Up/Down key. If the channel up key were pressed, the character displayed would be an “M”. On the other hand, if the channel down key is pressed, the character displayed is an “L”.

There are 20 programmable labels that the customer may program. The available characters to choose from are the following:

Programmable Channel Labels

Blank ê Reserved - < K Z i x |î Reserved.=L[jy | ô Space / > M \ k z Blank û ! 0 ? N ] l { Òá “ 1@O^m| °é # 2AP_n} ½í $ 3BQ‘o~ ¿ó % 4CRapBlock äú & 5DSbq ¢V ‘ 6ETcr £¸ ( 7FUds

)8GVet àñ * 9HWfu èReserved+ :IXgv âReserved‘ ;JYhw

• Any changes done to a label are stored even if another keystroke occurs. For example if the customer is programming a label and the first 3 letters are entered and accidentally the ENTER key is pressed or the Menu key is pressed, the label is stored with only the three characters being changed. The other two remain unchanged. The programmable labels have 5 characters that may be programmed.

• If, for example, the 10th label is programmed as ABCDE, then the customer decides to clear it. The channel automatically receives the label NONE and label 10 is restored to LAB10.

• Using the Channel Up/Down the customer may select the above-mentioned characters.

CLOCK SET

This Setup Menu Line allows the customer to set the clock time and date.

When no time is set, the display shows: - -: - There are two ways to set the time:

1. Direct Entry is preferred. Use the digit keys, followed

by ‘Enter’ or Select Up/Down.

2. Left/Right Arrow keys.

When the first digit is introduced, the display shows:

0:0d AM

When the time is set, the display shows:

hh:mm AM where d = digit, mm = minutes, and hh = hours. To select either AM or PM, the Timer key must be used.

Pressing the Timer key, toggles AM and PM to allow the customer to select AM or PM.

Notes:

• Entering the time in 24 hour (Military) format is

allowed. AM/PM will be toggled automatically.

• Entering an invalid time (“0” for example) will result

in the clearing of the current time - - : - -.

• When only one digit is pressed and no other is pressed

in an interval of seven seconds, the current time will be cleared.

CAPTION

This function allows the user to show in the screen the configuration menu to captions.

Notes:

• If the mute key is pressed, the label is cleared. The channel is automatically given the label NONE.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-12 CS - MENUS

USER MENUS 905-10533

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

TINT

VIDEO MENU

CONTRAST

PICTURE PREF PRESET

SHARPNESS

ALARM

If the factory menu item Alarm is set to 1 the Alarm feature is activated.

SETUP MENU

AUTO PROGRAM

ADD/DEL/BLNK

CH. LABEL

CLOCK SET

CAPTIONS

ALARM

LANGUAGE

TO SET ALARM

LANGUAGE

This feature allows the customer to change the menu language from English, Spanish, or French by pressing the Left/Right Arrow keys.

AUDIO MENU

All options in the Audio Menu are selected with the Up Arrow key. Once the option is selected, use the Left/Right Arrow keys to adjust to option to the desired setting.

AUDIO MENU

BASS

TREBLE

BALANCE

AUDIO MODE

SOUNDRITE

FRONT SURR

SPEAKERS

AUDIO PREF

STEREO

OFF

PRESET

If 2nd Audio/SAP is selected, but the current channel does not support SAP, then either Stereo or Mono will be heard.

SOUNDRITE

The SoundRite feature is used to obtain a uniform volume level, particularly while changing channels. The SoundRite feature can be best demonstrated on a channel with no signal (snow).

FRONT SURROUND

Front Surround sound can be set to ‘ON’ or ‘OFF’, regardless of the current Audio Mode setting. However, the surround effect can only be heard when the Audio Mode has been set to ‘Stereo’ and a Stereo signal is present. When this condition exists, there will be a short mute (200ms) while toggling the Surround ‘On’ to ‘Off’, to embellish front surround activation.

SPEAKERS

The Speaker feature is used to turn the internal speakers on or off. It does this by pulling the power amp mute line.

AUDIO PREF

This feature allows the customer to maintain two separate audio settings by selecting “custom” or “preset”. The Factory gets the “Preset” setting and the customer sets “custom”. The PRESET and CUSTOM settings are selected using the Left/Right arrow keys.

VIDEO MENU

All menu items are adjusted with the Left/Right Arrow keys. Each option of the Video Menu is shown below:

BASS

Bass adjustment has 15 steps (0 to 14). A center mark indicates step 7.

TREBLE

Treble adjustment has 15 steps (0 to 14). A center mark indicates step 7.

BALANCE

Balance adjustment has 29 steps (0 to 28). A center mark indicates step 14.

AUDIO MODE

There are three audio modes available: Mono, Stereo, 2 Audio/SAP.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-13 CS - MENUS

CONTRAST

Contrast adjustment has 64 steps (0 to 63).

BRIGHTNESS

Adjusts the brightness of the picture.

USER MENUS 905-10533

COLOR

Color adjustment also has 64 steps (0 to 63).

TINT

Tint Adjustment has 64 steps (0 to 63). A center mark indicates step 29.

SHARPNESS

Sharpness adjustment has 64 steps (0 to 63). The sharpness value is sent to the video processor as Custom Sharpness.

PICTURE PREF

This feature allows the customer to maintain two separate Contrast, Brightness, Color, Tint, Sharpness setting “Custom” and “Preset”. The factory sets the “Preset” setting and the customer sets “Custom”. The PRESET and CUSTOM settings are selected using the Left/Right Arrow keys.

PARENTAL CONTROL

The Parental Control Menu items are selected with the Up/Down Arrow keys. Once the option is selected, use the Left/Right Arrows keys to set each of the option.

Note: The Parental Control Menu is not available while

in computer mode.

AUXILIARY SOURCES

To block or unblock the sources, press the Left/Right Arrow key.

PARENTAL CONTROL

Use the Left/Right Arrow keys to select the Age Block Menu.

AGE MENU

GENERAL

CHILDREN

PRESS CC TO RETURN

UNBLOCKED

GENERAL BLOCK

Once entering into the Age Block Menu, the customer has the option to block channels for general age or to block channels for children.

To block channels for a general age, the customer may either select: UNBLOCKED, TV-G AND ABOVE, TV-PG AND ABOVE, TV-14 AND ABOVE or TV-MA.

CHILDREN BLOCK

To block channels for children, select either: Unblocked, TV-Y AND ABOVE or TV-Y7.

CONTENT BLOCK

Use the Left/Right Arrow keys to select the Content Block Menu.

AUX SOURCES

MPAA RATING

AGE BLOCK

CONTENT BLOCK

SET HOURS

SET PASSWORD

LOCK ON/OFF

Note: The SOURCE key may be used to view the video

BLOCKED

CONTENT BLOCK

DIALOG

LANGUAGE

SEX SCENES

VIOLENCE

F VIOLENCE

NO RATING

PRESS CC TO RETURN

UNBLOCK

source.

MPAA RATING

The MPAA selector allows the customer to select either to have the channel Unblocked, G AND ABOVE, PG AND ABOVE, PG-13 AND ABOVE, R AND ABOVE, NC-17 AND

DIALOG BLOCK

To block the dialog, use the Left/Right Arrow keys to select either: Unblocked, TV-PG AND ABOVE or TV-14.

ABOVE, or X.

LANGUAGE BLOCK

AGE MENU

SR23 - 923-03509 1-14 CS - MENUS

USER MENUS 905-10533

To block the dialog, use the Left/Right arrow keys to select either: Unblocked, TV-PG AND ABOVE, TV-14 AND ABOVE, or TV-MA.

SEX SCENES BLOCK

To block the Sex Scenes, use the Left/Right Arrow keys to select either: Unblocked, TV-PG AND ABOVE, TV-14 AND ABOVE, or TV-MA.

VIOLENCE BLOCK

To block the Violence, use the Left/Right arrow keys to select either: Unblocked, TV-PG AND ABOVE, TV-14 AND ABOVE, or TV-MA.

F VIOLENCE BLOCK

To block the F Violence, use the Left/Right Arrow keys to select either: Unblocked, TV-Y7.

NO RATING

To block No Rating, use the Left/Right Arrow keys to select either: Unblocked and Blocked.

SET HOURS

Use the Left/Right Arrow keys to adjust the number of hours the Parental Control feature will be active.

RE-ENTERING PARENTAL CONTROL MENU

If the Parental Control feature has been activated, the software will not allow immediate entry into the Parental Control Menu. Instead, it will prompt for the correct password.

If the correct password is entered, the Parental Control menu will appear, with the highlighted item “Lock On/ Off”, which assumes that the customer most likely wants to turn the feature off. If an incorrect password is entered, an error message (“Not Accepted!”) appears, and will not disappear until 5 seconds has elapsed. This extended time provision increases the amount of time necessary for a child to “crack” the password.

RE-ENTERING PARENTAL CONTROL

PASSWORD?

ENTER CODE: __

SET PASSWORD

Press the Left/Right Arrow key to allow setting a Password.

TO ENTER PASSWORD

The software accepts four-digit codes only. The customer must enter a password.

REPEAT PASSWORD

After a four-digit code has been entered, the software requires the customer to re-enter the same four-digit code.

PASSWORD NOT ACCEPTED

If an invalid code is entered, or the two codes entered do not match, an error message (“Not Accepted!”) will appear blinking.

Note: This error message also appears when no code is

entered for the password or if only one digit is entered and no other digit has been entered.

LOCK ON/OFF

This item turns the Parental Control feature on or off. The Ctrl. feature can only be turned on if the hours > 0, and a password has been set. Otherwise the Lock On/ Off line will display either of the following error messages: “Must Set Hours” or “Must Set Password.”

Notes:

• The Parental Control menu will remain up for 15 seconds after the last key press.

• The QUIT key may be pressed to remove the Parental Control menu if the actual channel source is blocked.

DISPLAY WHEN PARENTAL CONTROL IS ACTIVE

When the Parental Control is active and the channel is blocked, the display on the screen shows two lines. The first line displays a message saying that the “PARENTAL LOCKOUT IS ACTIVE.” The second line displays the amount of time (in hours) left in the lockout.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-15 CS - MENUS

USER MENUS 905-10533

CH 4

3:35 PM

MONO

SOURCE

FRONT COMPUTER SVGA

Parental Lockout Is Active

01:23 Hours Remaining

SOURCE MENU

This option allows the user to select the source they desire, which determines the signal that feeds the video processor, the options are: ANTENNA/CABLE, AUX VIDEO or VIDEO, CAMPORT, FRONT COMPUTER SVGA, REAR COMPUTER SVGA, and REAR COMPUTER NTSC OUT.

Use the arrow keys and the ENTER key for signal switching.

SOURCE MENU

ANTENNA/CABLE CAMPORT AUX VIDEO S-VIDEO FRONT COMPUTER SVGA REAR COMPUTER SVGA REAR COMPUTER NTSC OUT

PRESS TO CHANGE.

PRESS OR <>KEYS TO ACTIVATE

ENTER

PRESS: SOURCE TO CHANGE SOURCE ENTER TO SELECT SOURCE

To select a Source, press the Source Key and source menu appears (as shown below) showing the present source. Pressing the Source key again, switches to the next source but the input signal does not change. Once the desired source is found, pressing the ENTER key selects that source and changes the input. If ENTER is not pressed in approximately 15 sec. The source menu turns off.

Note: If any one of the three computer sources is selected

and no computer is connected to the source, the following screen will appear:

F COMP SVGA

1:51PM

STEREO

PLEASE CONNECT A COMPUTER

800 X 600, 60HZ

SOURCE MENU

ALTERNATE SOURCE MENU BY TV/SOURCE KEY Same as source menu, but using the TV/SOURCE Key.

Note: CAMPORT (#33) and FRONT COMPUTER SVGA (#209)

are only available when the Auto-Sense feature for either has been disabled in the Factory Menu.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-16 CS - MENUS

MUTE

When the Mute key is pressed, the speakers will be turned off.

MUTE WITH CHANNEL DISPLAY

When the mute key is pressed and the channel display is on, the following display appears:

USER MENUS 905-10533

CH 4 HBO

3:35 PM

MUTED

MUTE WITHOUT CHANNEL DISPLAY

When the mute key is pressed and channel display is off, the following display appears:

MUTED

CH 14 HBO

3:35 PM

MONO

FUNCTION NOT AVAILABLE DISPLAY

When the Time has not been set yet, and the customer

wants to enter the Alarm Menu, there will be an error

notification stating that the function is not available.

CHANNEL TIME DISPLAY

When the ENTER key is pressed the TV display will appear. The following is an example of the display screen:

The first line is the channel and the label (if one has been selected for the channel). The second line, displays the time. The third line displays the Audio mode (Mono, Stereo or SAP).

FUNCTION NOT AVAILABLE

PARENTAL CONTROL PASSWORD IS RESET DISPLAY

To reset parental control, press & hold the MENU key until the Channel/Time display appears, then press ‘9’, ‘8’, ‘7’, ‘6’, and CC. The following menu appears after the parental control is reset:

SR23 - 923-03509 1-17 CS - MENUS

USER MENUS 905-10533

PARENTAL CTL PASSWORD IS RESET

DISCONNECT FRONT A/V JACKS DISPLAY

If the channel Up/Down keys are pressed and Auto Camport in the Factory Menu (#33) has been enabled and there is a device connected to the front Camport, the following message appears:

keys. Same as the Video Menu for a RF signal. This feature allows the customer to maintain two

separate Contrast, Brightness, Color, Tint, and Sharpness settings “Custom” and “Preset”. The factory sets the “Preset” setting and the customer sets “Custom”. The PRESET and CUSTOM settings are selected using the Left/ Right Arrow keys.

PARENTAL CONTROL

(For Video Source Input)

The Parental Control Menu items are selected with the Up/Down Arrow keys. Once the option is selected, use the Left/Right Arrows keys to set each of the option.

Notes:

• This Parental Control is the same as the Parental Control for the Ant/Cable source input.

• Also, There is no Parental Control Menu when the input source is any of the Computer sources.

CAPTIONS SETUP

The caption setup items are selected with the UP/DOWN arrow keys. Once the option is selected, use the Left/ Right arrows keys to set each option.

DISCONNECT FRONT A/V JACKS

VIDEO SOURCE INPUT

CUSTOM FEATURES

(For Video Source Input)

Same as Setup Menu for an RF signal.

AUDIO MENU

(For Video Source Input)

Same as Audio Menu for an RF signal, except auto mode is not available.

VIDEO MENU

(For Video Source Input)

All menu items are adjusted with the Left/Right Arrow

CAPTION SETUP

OPER MODE

SEL CC TYPE

CC CAPTION

CC ON MUTE

CAPTION LOCK

PRESS ENTER TO CHOOSE PRESS ADJ TO CHANGE

QUICK/MUTE

Note: When the user selects the quick/mute operation,

if the cc key is pressed, the next message is displayed.

OPERATION MODE

Toggle “between” quick/mute operation or standard operation.

SELECT CC TYPE

In this option the user can select the type of captions used. The caption types available are: caption1, caption 2, caption3, caption4, Text1, Text2, Text3, and Text4.

CC CAPTION

This option switches the caption selected in “select cc type” ON or OFF.

CC ON MUTE

SR23 - 923-03509 1-18 CS - MENUS

USER MENUS 905-10533

This option enables the captions when the TV is muted.

CAPTION LOCK

This option stores the caption configuration in EEPROM. It also is used to remember the last configuration of the captions.

COMPUTER SOURCE INPUT

AUDIO MENU

(For Computer Source Input)

Same as Audio Menu for a RF signal, except audio mode is not available.

VIDEO MENU

(For Computer Source Input)

All menu items are adjusted with the Left/Right Arrow keys. Each option of the Video Menu is shown below:

VIDEO MENU

CONTRAST

BRIGHTNESS

COLOR

TINT

SHARPNESS

PICTURE PREF PRESET

or 4 steps up from the value set in the Factory Item 153 GREEN DRIVE SVGA.

If this factory menu item is set at 30, the Green adjustment in the Video Menu allows the Green Offset to be set at –4 or +4 of the default value. Below is the Menu item.

BLUE ADJUSTMENT The Blue adjustment allows the customer to adjust

the Blue for Comp. SVGA or NTSC. To accomplish this the Blue adjustment can be adjusted 4 steps down or 4 steps up from the value set in the Factory Item 155 BLUE DRIVE SVGA. If this factory menu item is set at 30, the Blue adjustment in the Video Menu allows the Blue Offset to be set at –4 or +4 of the default value. Below is the Menu item.

HORIZONTAL POSITION

The Horizontal Position adjustment has 64 steps (0 to

63). This Video Menu item allows the adjusting of the Horizontal Position of the screen.

VERTICAL POSITION

This Video Menu item allows the adjusting of the Vertical Position of the screen.

HORIZONTAL SIZE

The horizontal size adjustment allows customer to adjust the Horizontal size for Comp. SVGA or NTSC. Factory reference is 179.

CONTRAST

Contrast adjustment of the picture has 64 steps (0 to

63).

BRIGHTNESS

Adjusts the brightness of the picture.

RED ADJUSTMENT The Red adjustment allows the customer to adjust the

Red for Comp. SVGA or NTSC. To accomplish this the Red adjustment can be adjusted 4 steps down or 4 steps up from the value set in the Factory Item 153 RED DRIVE SVGA. If this factory menu item is set at 30, the Red adjustment in the Video Menu allows the Red Offset to be set at –4 or +4 of the default value. Below is the Menu item.

GREEN ADJUSTMENT The Green adjustment allows the customer to adjust

the Green for Comp. SVGA or NTSC. To accomplish this the Green adjustment can be adjusted 4 steps down

VERTICAL SIZE

The vertical size adjustment allows customer to adjust the Vertical size for Comp. SVGA or NTSC. Factory reference is 190.

PICTURE PREF

The Picture Preference allows the customer to adjust all the items of the Video Menu or to select Preset values.

REMOTE CONTROL FUNCTIONS

The customer has the option to use the remote control to activate certain functions from the OSD.

Notes:

• Use a full screen computer display with high average brightness for best results.

• Auto Size will adjust the computer image to match the TV screen.

• The image cannot be zoomed in Freeze Mode.

As with the Remote Key Command Functions, menus are operated through the Numbered Keypad. Generally speaking, keys 4 and 6 adjust menu options, key 8 cycles through menus and key 5 cancels all operations no matter what menu is being are adjusting.

SR23 - 923-03509 1-19 CS - MENUS

USER MENUS 905-10533

Remote Functions

KEY NORMAL MODE MENU MODE ZOOM MODE

1 Enter Zoom Mode N/A Cancel Zoom Mode 2N/A N/A Pan Up 3 Compress On/Off N/A Compress On/Off 4 N/A Menu Adjust Pan Left 5 Enter Menu Mode Cancel Menu Mod e Enter Menu Mode 6 N/A Menu Adjust Pan Right 7 Begin Auto-Size N/A Begin Auto-Size 8 N/A Menu Select Pan Down 9N/A N/A N/A 0 Freeze N/A Freeze

Remote Key Command Functions

Screen Size

Manual Set

Advanced

SETTING

Out h-Centre Out H-Wid th Out V-Centre Out V-Height VGA Left VGA Width VGA Top/4 VGA bottom/4 Sense Level Clk Width

Limits of Settings

RANGE

65 to 85 80 to 120 107 to 232 for NTSC, 300 to 400 for SV 200 to 250 for NTSC, 480 to 600 for SV 0 to 20 30 to 81 0 to 40 70 to 260 (i.e. up to 200 *4 = 800line 1 to 3 0 to 3

Out H Centre

Adjust

VGA Left

Adjust

Out H Width

Adjust

VGA Bot

Adjust

Store Settings

VGA Width

Sense

Store Settings

Adjust

Clk Width

Out V Height

Vert Freq

Adjust

Rev #

VGA Top

Adjust

Eng. Reset

Out V Centre

Screen Size

VGA Lines

SR23 - 923-03509 1-20 CS - MENUS

SECTION 2

SERVICE MENU

Access the Installer’s Menu by using the remote control or the keyboard on the front of the set. With the remote: Press & Hold MENU key until the Channel/Time display appears, then press 9, 8, 7, 6, and ENTER.

Press and hold MENU key until the Channel/Time display appears. Simultaneously press the ADJUST Right and CHANNEL Up keys. To exit Installer’s Menu, press ENTER.

Notes:

• When the factory mode is set to “1”, then

press ‘9’, ‘8’, ‘7’, and ‘6’, followed by ‘ENTER’ to access the Installer’s Menu.

• To reset parental control press & hold the MENU key until

the Channel/Time display appears, then press ‘9’, ‘8’, ‘7’, ‘6’, and CC .

00 F Mode: Use the Select key to select item #00, which

is the first item in the Installer’s Menu. The Factory Mode item should always be left off (Zero is off). When left in this mode, only items from 0 to 27 are visible. When the factory mode is set to 1, all menu (Audio or Video settings) items will be available. Also they will appear on the screen one at a time at the top left of the screen.

When The Factory Mode is on, the Factory Menu line appears at the top of the screen to allow for proper setting of the video.

1391 - P07 01.44 02

Microcontroller

part number

4 VERT POS 15

SN : 0121-41362000 UPN : 065-054-032-000 01/29/02 TE=10110000

Build Date

Program Revision

Factory Option

When the Factory Mode is turned off, all TV functions are returned to normal. The dashes on the menus are removed indicating that the Factory Mode is off. There are 4 ways to turn off the Factory Mode:

Font

Revision

Te Status

AC power.

• Auto off enabled: The Auto Off feature is always enabled,

regardless of the state of the “Auto OFF” Factory Menu item.

• Settings Displayed in Customer Menus: When adjusting a

bar graph setting in the Video and Audio Menus, a number is displayed showing the actual numeric value stored in EEPROM for that setting. On menu items without a bar graph setting, two dashes indicate that the Factory Mode is on.

• Video Preference Settings Inhibited: In the Video Menu,

the Custom Video Preference settings are inhibited while the Factory Mode is on and will NOT be stored in EEPROM. (This allows the factory to temporarily change the settings and not store them permanently.)

01 Preset Px: Used to store the customer menu adjust-

ments in the nonvolatile memory of the EAROM. Settings for Contrast, Brightness, Color and Tint are stored in this manner. 0 is Custom and 1 is Preset.

02 Preset Ax: Saves your custom audio settings (Bass,

table, balance, audio mode, Soundrite, front surround, speaker) in nonvolatile memory (not affected by power loss). Memory status is indicated by a 1 for “custom settings already stored”, or 0 for “custom settings have not been stored.”

03 Power Manage: Used for saving energy. When set to

0, Power Manage is off. The number represents the hours that the TV will remain on, unless there has been activity from either the control panel or remote.

04 Vert Pos: Moves Captions and displays vertically on

the screen. Use the ADJUST keys.

05 Horz Pos: Moves Captions and displays horizontally

on the screen. Use the ADJUST keys.

06 Band/Afc: There are 8 possible settings for this op-

tion.

1. Change Installer’s Menu Item “00 F Mode” to 0.

2. Run Auto Program.

3. Use the Clock Set feature to set the time.

4. Use Factory off IR code.

0 = Broadcast Fixed 4 = Broadcast AFC 5 = CATV Fixed 1 = CATV AFC 6 = HRC Fixed 2 = HRC AFC 7 = ICC Fixed 3 = ICC AFC

Notes:

• AC Power on Enabled: The ‘AC Power on’ feature is always

enabled, regardless of the state of the “AC on” Installer’s Menu item. The set will automatically turn on when AC power is applied. The POWER key will not turn the set off. The only way to turn off the set is by removing the

07 Min Volume: Determines the minimum volume level

allowable with the VOLUME (VOL) Up/Down Control. In this way, for example, someone cannot set the volume too low to hear. The factory default is 0, which provides full range of volume control. It may be best to set the same value on every TV.

SR23 - 923-03509 2-1 CS - SERVICE MENUS

SERVICE MENU (continued)

Note: The minimum volume level cannot have a value setting

higher than in the MAX VOLUME level (described below).

08 Max Volume: Determines the maximum volume level

allowable with the VOLUME (VOL) Up/Down Control. In this way, for example, someone cannot set the volume level high enough to disturb others. The factory default is 63, which provides full range of volume control. It may be best to set the same value on every TV.

Note: The maximum volume level cannot have a value setting

lower than in the MIN VOLUME level (described above).

09 AC on: Allows the TV to turn ON just by applying AC

power. Pressing the ON button is not necessary. This is desirable when the TV is plugged into a cable box or a power outlet controlled by a wall switch. Use adjust to select 0 or 1, where 0 is OFF and 1 is ON.

Note: When set to 1 (ON), the TV does not respond to ON/

OFF commands from either the remote or the control panel, and the SLEEP TIMER is also nonfunctional.

10 Key Defeat: When set to 1, it prevents the end user

from accessing screen menus on the front panel keys, SELECT and ADJUST do not function. When set to 0, those keys are functional. The menus can always be accessed with MENU on the remote.

11 Strt Ch: When active, this function allows you to set

the initial volume level setting and channel number when the TV is turned ON. This feature is useful for an in-house information channel, since the TV would always select that channel when it is turned on. When inactive, the volume level and channel retain the settings when the set was last used.

The range of values is 0-255. Use the ADJUST keys to choose. With number 255 the feature is inactive. Other numbers determine the start channel. Set the volume level as desired before exiting the service menu. 0 is the “AUX” channel.

Generally, this feature is used in connection with START CHAN/VOL where the start channel may, for example, be set to 3 or 4. If the start channel is 3 then the TV will remain on channel 3.

15 Ghost Ch: When set to 1, the current channel number

is displayed in the upper right corner of the CRT. The number moves slightly to prevent damage to the screen. The default is “0” or OFF. When captions are on, the “ghost” channel is not displayed.

16 Not Used

17 Text Mode: Determines whether TEXT 1 and TEXT 2

decoding is enabled when CAPTIONS are turned on (either from the Setup Menu or directly with CC on remote). When set to 1, only Caption 1, 2, 3, and 4 are enabled. When set to 2, Caption 1, 2, 3, and 4 and Text 1, 2, 3, and 4 are enabled.

18 Sleep Timer: When set to 1, a end-user may set the

SLEEP TIMER feature (but no message is displayed prior to turnoff). When set to 0, the sleep timer is not available.

19 Alarm: Gives you the option of making the alarm func-

tion available to the end-user. Set to 1, alarm function is available. Set to 0 to withhold this function.

20 Ch. Over Ride: When set to 1, the user is allowed to

select channels with either Channel Up/Down or by direct keypad entry. When set to 0, only those channels that are entered for scanning may be selected.

21 Old Ocv: Set to 1 for operation with “SpectraMate”

systems from on command corporation.

22 Caption Lock: Set to 1 to restore previous caption

on/off state after the TV turns off when set to 0, captions are always off when TV is initially turned on.

23 Function Pre: Set to 1 to suppress channel prev screen

and enable user function menu with some pay per view systems.

12 Strt Vol: When active, this fuction allows you to de-

termine the initial volume level setting when the TV is turned on. This feature is useful for an in-house information volume, since the TV would always select that volume when is turned on. When inactive, the volume level retain the settings when the set was last used.

13 Not Used

14 Chan Lock: When set to 1 the CHAN LOCK is ideal if a

cable box (or similar) is the sole source for programming and the TV must always be on the same channel. Changing channels with the Channel Up/Down or keypad numbers is impossible. Channel Lock is inactive when set to 0 (default).

SR23 - 923-03509 2-2 CS - SERVICE MENUS

24 Feature Level: Set to 1 to see Zenith Code, when set

to 0 Private Codes are shown.

25 NTSC ScanCard: Set to 1 to instate TV ONE card in

NTSC mode.

26 Not Used

27 Mute disable: This function disable the mute opera-

tion in the TV. Also applies for MPI operation.

28 V-Chip: Enable/Disable the V-CHIP.

29 Max Block Hrs: Enable the V-CHIP maximum block

time.

30 Strt Aux Srce: Enable the initial AUX when is ac-

cessed with Up/Down key or 999.

SERVICE MENU (continued)

FACTORY MENU ITEMS 31 Mute time: Time during the TV stays in blank state

when Real Time= Mute Time * lbms the switching is between sources.

32 Y/C Loop out: Enable/Disable the Y/C out of the rear

Jack Pack.

33 Auto Camport: Enable/Disable the Camport Auto De-

tect.

34 Not Used 35 A Att: Adjust the signal level input to COMPIN (Pin

19) to the standard input level. Variable range of the input signal: 245 mVrms –5.0 dB to +3.0 dB. 0 = Level min. and 15 = Level max.

36 A Vco: Adjust STEREO & SAP VCO free running fre-

quency (fo). Variable range: fo ±20%. 0 = Free running frequency min, 63 = Free running frequency max.

37A Filter: Adjust the filter fo of the ST, SAP and dbx

blocks. Variable range: fo ±20% 0 = Frequency min, 63 = Frequency max.

38 A Spectral: Perform high frequency (fs= 3 kHz) sepa-

ration adjustment. 0 = Level max, 63 = Level min.

39 Wide Band: Perform low frequency (fs= 300 Hz) sepa-

ration adjustment. 0 = Level min, 63 = Level max.

NTSC IC 221-1377 FROM 40 TO 61 40 Hue: Hue Control. Range: 0-63, 0 = Flesh color ap-

pears red, 63 = Flesh color appears green.

41 Dpic off: Y black expansion ON/OFF switch. Range: 0-

1, 0 = ON, 1 = OFF.

42 Color: Color control. Range: 0-63, 0 = Minimum 63 =

Maximum.

43 Canal: When this register is set to “1”, the first and

last 3H of the video are replaced by DC during YUV output. Range: 0-1, 0 = No video portion DC replacement, 1 = DC replacement.

44 Sharpness: Sharpness control. Range: 0-1, 0 = Mini-

mum, 15 = Maximum.

45 Sub Cont: Sub contrast adjustment. Range: 0-15, 0 =

Minimum, 15 = Maximum.

46 Sub Hue: Hue center adjustment. Range: 0-15, 0 =

Flesh color appears red, 15 = Flesh color appears green.

47 Sub Color: Color center adjustment. Range: 0-15, 0 =

Minimum, 15 = Maximum.

48 C-Trap Adj: Chroma trap adjustment. Range: 0-15, 0

= High, 7 = Center, 15 = Low.

49 Afc: AFC loop gain selector. Range 0-15, 0 = AFC loop

gain high, 1 = AFC loop gain medium, 2 = AFC loop gain low, 3 = AFC loop open, free-running mode.

50 Trap on: Y system chroma trap ON/OFF. Range 0-1, 0 =

OFF, 1 = ON.

51 Tot on: Chroma TOT filter ON/OFF. Range 0-1, 0 = OFF,

1 = ON.

52 Y Drive: Y output gain control. Range: 0-31, 0 = -

6.3dB, 31 = +3.5dB.

53 Shp-F0: Sharpness f0 selector. Range: 0-1, 0 = 3Mhz,

1 = 1.5Mhz.

54 Cd Mode2: V sync. signal pull-in speed selector Range:

0-1, 0 = Standard 1 = High speed.

55 U Ped: DC control of pedestal portion of U output

(for video). Range: 0-15, 0 = -35mV, 7 = Center, 15 = +40mV.

56 V Ped: DC control of pedestal portion of V output (for

video). Range: 0-15, 0 = -35mV, 7 = Center, 15 = +40mV.

57 Dc Tran: DC transmission ratio setting. Range: 0-7, 0

= Maximum (100%), 7 = Minimum (78%).

58 Pre Over: Sharpness preshoot/overshoot ratio set-

ting. Range: 0-3, 0 = 1:1 (pre:over), 3 = 4:1 (pre:over).

59 Abl Cent: ABL center voltage control. Range: 0-3, 0 =

Minimum, 3 = Maximum.

60 Abl: ABL gain control. Range: 0-1, 0 = Standard, 1 =

Low.

61 Delay: Allows the following delay times to be added

to the Y signal. Range 0-3, 0 = 0nS, 1 = 60nS 2 = 120nS, 3 = 180nS.

NTSC IC 221-1376 FROM 62 TO 111 62 Akb-T: Selection of timing pulse, which generates

reference pulse (Set to NORMAL mode at power on). Range 0-1, 0 = NORMAL mode (reference pulse generated by SCP input only), 1 = V compression mode (reference pulse generated from VTIM-IN,HP-IN).

63 Blksw: Selection of H, V blanking system for RGB-OUT

(Set to 0 at power on). Range: 0-1, 0 = Normal blanking mode (blanking up to VCE(sat) level, 1 = Blanking at value set by BLK-BOTTOM (Refer to the description of the BLK-BOTTOM register).

64 Mat-Out: Selection of type matrix conversion; selected

signal is output from pins 76,77 and 78. A DC voltage of approximately 4V is output only for 3 of these modes. Range 0-3, 0 = THROUGH1 (when YCbCr is input, normal NTSC input), 1 = Matrix of YPbPr to YCbCr signal, 2 = Matrix conversion of GBR to YCbCr signal, 3 = THROUGH2 (GBR is input directly to internal RGB system, SVGA input).

SR23 - 923-03509 2-3 CS - SERVICE MENUS

SERVICE MENU (continued)

65 Ycbcr/MAT: Selection of IN1 system signal or SELIN

system signal for signal sent to Y color difference processing system. H and V sync signals are simultaneously selected and output. Range: 0-1, 0 = IN1 system input selected, 1 = SELIN system input selected.

66 Hysw: Switch for switching signal output to YG-OUT

pin. Range: 0-1, 0 = For a sync on Y, sync on Green input, 1 = For a composite sync input.

67 Limit-Level: Limiter to cope with excessive high in-

puts. Range: 0-3, 0 = OFF, 1 = 111 IRE, 2 = 119 IRE, 3 = 127 IRE.

68 System: Signal frequency band switching; select the

band in accordance with the TV System. Range: 0-3, 0 = NORMAL, 1 = FF, 2 = HD, 3 = FIX-HD (setting which gives greater importance to frequency response than

2).

69 Agin1: White output aging mode ON/OFF switch, 83

IRE flat signal is output from Y system. Range: 0-1, 0 = OFF, 1 = ON.

70 Agin2: All black output aging mode ON/OFF switch

Input signals are cut off inside the Y/color difference signal processing system. As a result, the signals which were input to the RGB system are output. Range: 0-1, 0 = OFF, 1 = ON.

71 Ysym1sw: ON/OFF switching for YS/YM1 input pin

(pin 45). Range: 0-1, 0 = ON, 1 = OFF.

72 Ym-Vm: Mute function ON/OFF switch for VM-OUT (pin

59) in YM ON block. Setting takes effect for both YS/ YM1 (pin 45) and YS/YM-2 (pin 49). Range: 0-1, 0 = OFF : no muting, 1 = ON : muting.

73 R-Drive: R channel drive gain control. Range: 0-63, 0

= -4.2 dB, 29H = 0 dB, 3FH = +2.1 dB.

74 G-Drive: G channel drive gain control. Range: 0-63, 0

= -4.2 dB, 41 = 0 dB, 6.3 = +2.1 dB.

75 B-Drive: B channel drive gain control. Range: 0-63, 0

= -4.2 dB, 41 = 0 dB, 6.3 = +2.1 dB.

76 D-Col: Dynamic color ON/OFF switch. Range: 0 = OFF,

1 = ON.

77 Clpsw: Switch for selecting replacement pulse for color

difference input pin offset control. Range 0-1, 0 = Pulse generated inside IC (replaced in period extending from rise of pulse which is input to HP-IN to the fall of pulse in 1), 1 = Clamping pulse which has been separated from SCP.

78 Clp-Msk: Switching of clamping pulse width in vari-

ous ways (refer to description of H-WIDTH register) Gating at one of the SCP CLP pulses widths listed below. Range: 0-3, 0 = CLP, in its original form, serves as clamping pulse, 1 = Gating at SELH-OUT side of register H-WIDTH, 2 = Gating at clamping pulse generation block side of register H-WIDTH, 3 = Prohibited.

79 R-Cutoff: R channel cutoff control (Level control of

IkIN (pin 41) R channel reference pulse). Range: 063, 0 = -9.1dB, 31 = 0 dB, 63 = +4.4 dB.

80 G-Cutoff: G channel cutoff control (Level control of

IkIN (pin 41) G channel reference pulse). Range: 063, 0 = -9.1dB, 31 = 0 dB, 63 = +4.4 dB.

81 B-Cutoff: B channel cutoff control (Level control of

IkIN (pin 41) B channel reference pulse). Range: 063, 0 = -9.1dB, 31 = 0 dB, 63 = +4.4 dB.

82 Abl-Mode: Switching of ABL mode. Range: 0-3, 0 =

Picture ABL only mode, 1 = Picture/brightness ABL mode : Low, 2 = Picture/brightness ABL mode : Medium, 3 = Picture/brightness ABL mode : High.

83 Abl-Th: Adjustment of threshold voltage for ABL-IN

(pin 44) input. Range 0-3, 0 = 1.3V, 3 = 3.3V. 81 Sub-Bright: Sub-brightness control. Setting for output DC bias of RGBOUT. Range 0-63, 0 = -13 IRE, 31 = CENTER, 63 = +13 IR.

84 Sub-Bright: Sub-brightness control.Range 0-63, set-

tings for output DC bias out RGB OUT . 0 = -13IRE, 31 = CENTER, 63 = +13IRE.

85 Hsep-Sel: Sync separation system setting (valid for

YG-IN (pin 26) input). Range: 0-1, 0 = Forced slice at sync tip +0.15V level, 1 = Charging/discharging for duty cycle.

86 Fix-Sync: Switch for setting sync identification cir-

cuit operation mode to auto or fixed. Range 0-3, 0 = Automatic identification ( with priority sequence ), 1 = Independent H, V sync signals used, 2 = Composite sync input used, 3 = Sync on Y, sync on Green inout used.

87 V-Tc: Setting for V sync separation time constant.

Range: 0-3, 0 = 6 s, 1 = 8 s, 2 = 12 s, 3 = 18 s.

88 H-Width: Setting of output pulse width to HS-OUT

and clamping pulse generation block. When the pulse width of the input sync signal is wider than the pulse width in each data, the wider of the two pulses is output. Range: 0-3.

89 Hs-Mask: Setting for whether H sync is to be added

in V sync at HS-OUT (pin 29) and SELH-OUT (pin 79). Range: 0-1, 0 = Not added, 1 = Added.

SR23 - 923-03509 2-4 CS - SERVICE MENUS

SERVICE MENU (continued)

90 Cr offset1: For canceling the offset between CrCb of

IN1 and SELIN systems. Range: 0-15, 0 = -10 mV, 7 = 0 mV, 15 = +12 mV. This variable range is DC variation amount of respective input pins.

91 Cb offset1: For canceling the offset between CrCb of

IN1 and SELIN systems. Range: 0-15, 0 = -10 mV, 7 = 0 mV, 15 = +12 mV. This variable range is DC variation amount of respective input pins.

92 Cr offset2: For canceling the offset between CrCb of

IN1 and EXT systems. Range: 0-15, 0 = -10 mV, 7 = 0 mV, 15 = +12 mV. This variable range is DC variation amount of respective input pins.

SELH-OUT Clamping Pulse Generation Block

0 = THROUGH 0 = 1.4 us

1 = 1.4 us 1 = 1.4 us 2 = 1.7 us 2 = 1.7 us 3 = 3.7 us 3 = 3.7 us

93 Cb offset2: For canceling the offset between CrCb of

IN1 and EXT systems. Range: 0-15, 0 = -10 mV, 7 = 0 mV, 15 = +12 mV. This variable range is DC variation amount of respective input pins.

94 Sub-Con: Contrast gain control (Y system level ad-

justment). Range: 0-15, 0 = -1.9 dB, 7 = 0 dB, 1 5 = +1.7 dB.

95 Sub-Col: Color gain control. Range: 0-63, 0 = -2.1dB,

7 = 0 dB, 15 = +1.8 dB.

96 Sub-Hue: Tint center control. Range: 0-63, 0 = -8

degrees (Flesh color appears red), 8 = CENTER, 15 = +8 degrees (Flesh color appears green).

97 Cti-Level: Color difference signal edge enhancement

setting. Range 0-3, 0 = OFF, 1 = Low, 2 = Medium, 3 = High.

98 R-Y/R: R-Y axis +(R-Y) component setting. Range: 0-

15, 0 = Maximum, 15 = Minimum.

99 R-Y/B: R-Y axis -(B-Y) component setting. Range: 0-

15, 0 = Maximum, 15 = Minimum.

100 G-Y/R: G-Y axis -(R-Y) component setting. Range:

0-15, 0 = Maximum, 15 = Minimum.

101 G-Y/B: G-Y axis -(B-Y) component setting. Range:

0-15, 0 = Maximum, 15 = Minimum.

Detection Axis Standard Values

R-Y/R R-Y/B G-Y/R G-Y/B

NTSC-JAPAN NTSC-USA PAL/SECAM

612105 728 8

13 15 8 4

102 Lrgb2-Level: LRGB2 system picture level control.

Range: 0-15, 0 = -5 dB, 15 = 0 dB.

103 Gamma: Control of gamma correction amount. 0 =

OFF. 15 = MAX (output increased by 15 IRE at input 40 IRE point).

104 Pabl-Level: Setting of level detection DC at RGB-

OUT of PEAK-ABL. 0 = Level detection DC : 4.9 V. 15 = Level detection DC : 6.8 V.

105 Blk-Bottom: RGB-OUT bottom limiter level control

(valid when BLKSW = 1). The limiter level is replaced with the reference DC for each H in RGB system, and it is defined by the drop voltage from that DC; it is not dependent on DC level control setting made by BRIGHT, etc. This limiter functions for all video signals. For further details, refer to the description of operation. Range: 0-15, 0 = Limiter level: -1.25 V, 15 = Limiter level: -0.65 V.

106 Sub-Shp: Sharpness center control (when SYSTEM =

0, SHARPNESS = 31, SHP-f0=1). Range: 0-3, 0 = 0 dB, 3 = + 4 dB.

107 Shp-F0: Sharpness f0 setting (automatically set to

f0 best suited to each system). Range:0-1.

108 Pre/Over: Preshoot to overshoot ratio setting.

Range: 0-3, 0 = PRE : OVER 1:1.3, 3 = PRE : OVER 3:1.

109 Lti-Level: Luminance signal edge enhancement set-

ting. Range: 0-3, 0 = OFF, 1 = Low, 2 = Medium, 3 = High.

110 Dc-Tran: Y system DC transmission ratio setting.

Range: 0-1, 0 = 100%, 1 = 77%. These variable range is the case when SCP clamp pulse duty is 4%.

111 D-Pic: Dynamic picture (black expansion) control.

Range: 0-3, 0 = OFF, 1 = Low: inflection point 30 IRE, 2 = Medium: inflection point 35 IRE, 3 = High: inflection point 40 IRE.

NTSC IC 221-1378 FROM 112 TO 157

112 Not Used

113 Left_Blk: HBLK width control for left side of picture

when HBLK_SW=0. Range 0-63, Initial value: 31.

114 Afc_Range: AFC pull-in range setting (100% Free-

running frequency). Range: 0-1, Fixed Value: 0.

115 Fh_Sw: Horizontal Drive frequency range. Range: 0-

1, Value: 0 for 15.75 KHz, NTSC mode, 1 for 37.9 KHz, Monitor mode.

116 Right_Blk: HBLK width control. Range: 0-63, Initial

value: 31.

117 Afc_Mode: AFC loop gain control. Initial value: 31.

118 Clp: Clamp pulse phase setting. Range: 0-15, Initial

value: 0.

SR23 - 923-03509 2-5 CS - SERVICE MENUS

SERVICE MENU (continued)

0 = -12.7% HBLK width maximum 31 = -7.7% Center 63 = -27.7% HBLK width minimum

119 Afc_Comp: Compensation amount setting for H po-

sition HV fluctuation. Initial value: 7.

120 H_Position: Horizontal position adjustment Vari-

able in factory menu. Range: 0-63, Initial value: 31.

121 Hblk_Sw: HBLK width control ON/OFF. Range: 0-1,

Fixed Value: 0.

122 V_Angle: Vertical line slope compensation. Range:

0-63, Initial value: 31.

123 V_Bow: Vertical line bow compensation. Range: 0-

63, Initial value: 31.

124 H_Comp: Compensation amount setting for hori-

zontal picture size HV fluctuation. Range: 0-15, Fixed Value: 4.

125 Fhadj: Horizontal free-running frequency line ad-

justment. Range: 0-15, Initial value: 7.

126 H_Size: Horizontal amplitude adjustment Variable

in factory menu. Range: 0-63, Initial value: 0.

127 Pin_Phase: Horizontal trapezoidal distortion com-

pensation Variable in factory menu. Range: 0-63, Initial value: 31.

0 = 16% advance

31 = 0% Ratio of time for 1 field when V_ASPECT = 0

63 = 16% delay

Horizontal size for top of picture increases Horizontal size for bottom of picture

Horizontal size for top size decreases Horizontal size for bottom of picture

128 Up_Pin: Horizontal pin distortion compensation

Variable in factory menu. Range: 0-63, Initial value:

31.

134 V_Para2_Dc: General-purpose V parabola 2 DC bias

control. Range: 0-63, Fixed Value: 31.

135 V_Para2_Phase: General purpose V parabola 2 SAW

component amplitude control. Range: 0-63, Fixed Value: 31.

136 V_Para2_Amp: General purpose V parabola 2 wave

amplitude control. Range: 0-63, Fixed Value: 31.

137 V_Size: Vertical amplitude adjustment Variable in

factory menu. Range: 0-63, Initial value: 31.

0 = -14% Vertical picture size decreases

31 = 0%

63 = +14% Vertical picture size increases

Amplitude: 1.0Vp-p. center DC=3.5V(when V_ASPECT= 0)

138 Voff: V_DRV signal oscillation stop ON/OFF switch.

Range: 0-1, Fixed Value: 1H.

139 V_Position: Vertical position adjustment Variable

in factory menu. Range: 0-63, Initial value: 31.

140 Zoom_Sw: Zoom mode ON/OFF switch for 16:9 CRT.

Range: 0-1, Fixed Value: 0.

141 Zcut: VBLK and VTIM signal jitter cut when BLK_SW

= 00. Fixed Value: 0.

142 V_S_Corr: Vertical S correction. Range: 0-15, Ini-

tial value: 0.

143 V_Lin: Vertical linearity adjustment. Range: 0-15,

Initial value: 7.

0 = 85%

7 = 0% (Bottom/top of picture)

15 = 115%

(Bottom/top of picture) Top of picture expanded; bottom of picture compressed

(Bottom/top of picture) Top of picture compressed; bottom of picture expanded

129 Lo_Pin: Horizontal pin distortion compensation

Variable in factory menu. Range: 0-63, Initial value:

31.

130 Up_Cpin: Horizontal pin distortion compensation

Variable in factory menu. Range: 0-63, Initial value:

31.

131 Lo_Cpin: Horizontal pin distortion compensation

Variable in factory menu. Range: 0-63, Initial value:

31.

132 V_Para1_Dc: General-purpose V parabola 1 DC bias

control. Range: 0-15, Fixed Value: 7.

133 V_Para1_Amp: General-purpose V parabola 1 gain

control. Range: 0-15, Fixed Value: 7.

SR23 - 923-03509 2-6 CS - SERVICE MENUS

144 V_Freq: VOSC vertical frequency. Range: 0-15, Fixed

Value: 3 for 60z

145 V_Comp: Compensation amount setting for vertical

HV fluctuation. Range: 0-15, Initial value: 7.

146 Up_Vlin: Vertical linearity control. Range: 0-15, Ini-

tial value: 0.

147 Lo_Vlin: Vertical linearity control. Range: 0-15, Ini-

tial value: 0.

148 V_Aspect: Aspect control ratio. Range: 0-63, Fixed

Value: 47 for 4:3 CRT.

149 V_Free: Switch for setting V system to free-running

regardless of whether VSYNC is input. Range: 0-1, Initial value: 0.

SERVICE MENU (continued)

150 Jmp_Sw: Reference jump mode ON/OFF. Range: 0-1,

Fixed Value: 00.

151 Vscroll: Vertical picture scroll control. Range: 0-63,

Initial value: 31.

152 Max_Line: Number of free-running lines setting.

Range: 0-254. Value: 33 for 15.75 KHz, NTSC mode. 16 for 37.9 KHz, monitor mode.

153V_Front_Blk: VBLK width control. Range: 0-127.

Value: 88 for 15.75 KHz, NTSC mode. 22 for 37.9 KHz, monitor mode.

154 Blk_Sw: Switch for selecting whether to use

V_BACK_BLK, VTIM and V_FRONT_BLK registers, or to use the timing at which VD is sliced inside the IC when ZOOM_SW = 1. Range: 0-1, Fixed Value: 1.

155 V_Back_Blk: VBLK width control. Range: 0-127.

Value: 40 for 15.75 KHz, NTSC mode. 22 for 37.9 KHz, monitor mode.

156 Non_Inter: Free-running interlace/non-interlace set-

ting during free running. Range: 0-1. Value: 0 for

15.75 KHz, NTSC mode. 1 for 37.9 KHz, monitor mode.

157 Vtim: VTIM fall position control from start of V_DRV

retrace. Initial value: 32.

176 V_Bow: Same description as item 123.

177 H_Comp: Same description as item 124.

178 Fhadj: Same description as item 125.

179 H_Size: Same description as item 126.

180 Pin_Phase: Same description as item 127.

181 Up_Pin: Same description as item 128.

182 Lo_Pin: Same description as item 129.

183 Up_Cpin: Same description as item 130.

184 Lo_Cpin: Same description as item 131.

185 V_Para1_Dc: Same description as item 132.

186 V_Para_Amp: Same description as item 133.

187 V_Para2_Dc: Same description as item 134.

188 V_Para2_Phase: Same description as item 135.

189 V_Para2_Amp: Same description as item 136.

190 V_Size: Same description as item 137.

191 V_Position: Same description as item 139.

192 V_S_Corr: Same description as item 142.

SVGA IC 221-1376 FROM 158 TO 168

158 Mat-Out: Same description as item 64.

159 R-Drive: Same description as item 73.

160 G-Drive: Same description as item 74.

161 B-Drive: Same description as item 75.

162 R-Cutoff: Same description as item 79.

163 G-Cutoff: Same description as item 80.

164 B-Cutoff: Same description as item 81.

165 Sub-Bright: Same description as item 84.

166 Fix-Sync: Same description as item 86.

167 H-Width: Same description as item 88.

168 Blk-Bottom: Same description as item 105.

SVGA IC 221-1378 FROM 169 TO 204

169 Not Used

170 Left_Blk: Same description as item 113.

171 Right_Blk: Same description as item 116.

172 Fh_Sw: Same description as item 115.

173 Clp: Same description as item 118.

174 H_Position: Same description as item 120.

175 V_Angle: Same description as item 122.

SR23 - 923-03509 2-7 CS - SERVICE MENUS

FACTORY MENU TABLES

SERVICE MENU (continued)

ITEM RANGE H27E46DT H32E46DT H36E46DT

00 FACT MENU 0-1 1 1 1 01 PRESET PX 0-1 1 1 1 02 PRESET AX 0-1 1 1 1 03 POWER MANAGE 0-7 0 0 0 04 VERT POS 0-30 12 15 12 05 HORZ POS 0-90 68 70 68 06 BAND/AFC 0-7 0 0 0 07 MIN VOLUME 0-63 0 0 0 08 MAX VOLUME 0-63 63 63 63 09 AC ON 0-1 0 0 0 10 KEY DEFEAT 0-1 0 0 0 11 STRT CH 0-255 255 255 255 12 STRT VOL 0-255 255 255 255 13 NOT USED 14 CHAN LOCK 0-1 0 0 0 15 GHOST CH 0-1 0 0 0 16 NOT USED 17 TEXT MODE 0-1 1 1 1 18 SLEEP TIMER 0-1 1 1 1 19 ALARM 0-1 1 1 1 20 CH. OVER RIDE 0-1 1 1 1 21 OLD OCV 0-1 0 0 0 22 CAPTION LOCK 0-1 0 0 0 23 FUNCTION PRE 0-3 0 0 0 24 FEATURE LEVEL 0-1 1 1 1 25 NTSC SCANCARD 0-1 0 0 0 26 NOT USED 27 MUTE DISABLE 0-1 0 0 0 28 V-CHIP 0-1 1 1 1 29 MAX BLOCK HRS 0-99 12 12 12 30 STRT AUX SRCE 0-5 4 4 4 31 MUTE TIME 0-254 200 200 200 32 Y/C LOOP OUT 0-1 1 1 1 33 AUTO COMPORT 0-1 1 1 1 34 NOT USED 35 A ATT 0-15 7 7 7 36 A VCO 0-63 31 31 31 37 A FILTER 0-63 31 31 31 38 A SPECTRAL 0-63 31 31 31 39 WIDE BAND 0-63 31 31 31 40 HUE 0-63323232 41 DPIC OFF 0-1 0 0 0 42 COLOR 0-63181818 43 CANAL 0-1 0 0 0 44 SHARPNESS 0-15 9 9 9 45 SUB CONT 0-15 7 7 7 46 SUB HUE 0-15 7 7 7 47 SUB COLOR 0-15 7 7 7 48 CTRPADJ 0-15 7 7 7 49 AFC 0-3 0 0 0 50 TRAP ON 0-1 0 0 0

SR23 - 923-03509 2-8 CS - SERVICE MENUS

SERVICE MENU (continued)

ITEM RANGE H27E46DT H32E46DT H36E46DT

51 TOT ON 0-1 1 1 1 52 Y DRIVE 0-31 5 5 5 53 SHP-FO 0-1 0 0 0 54 CD MODE2 0-1 0 0 0 55 U PED 0-15 7 7 7 56 V PED 0-15 7 7 7 57 DC TRAN 0-7 0 0 0 58 PRE OVER 0-3 2 2 2 59 ABL CENT 0-3 0 0 0 60 ABL 0-1 1 1 1 61 DELAY 0-3 0 0 0 62 AKB-T 0-1 1 1 1 63 BLKSW 0-1 1 1 1 64 MAT-OUT 0-3 0 0 0 65 YCbCr/MAT 0-1 1 1 1 66 HYSW 0-1 0 0 0 67 LIMIT LEVEL 0-3 0 0 0 68 SYSTEM 0-3 0 0 0 69 AGIN G1 0-1 0 0 0 70 AGIN G2 0-1 0 0 0 71 YSYM1SW 0-1 1 1 1 72 YM -VM 0-1 1 1 1 73 R-DRIVE 0-63 30 30 30 74 G-DRIVE 0-63 25 25 25 75 B-DRIVE 0-63 20 20 20 76 D-COL 0-1 0 0 0 77 CLPSW 0-1 1 1 1 78 CLP-MSK 0-3 0 0 0 79 R-CUTOFF 0-63 10 10 10 80 G-CUTOFF 0-63 2 2 2 81 B-CUTOFF 0-63 0 0 0 82 ABL-MODE 0-3 0 0 0 83 ABL-TH 0-3 2 2 2 84 SUB-BRIGTH 0-63 31 31 31 85 HSEP-SEL 0-1 0 0 0 86 FIX-SYNC 0-3 0 0 0 87 V-TC 0-3 3 3 3 88 H-WIDTH 0-3 3 3 3 89 HS-MA S K 0-1 1 1 1 90 CR-OFFSET1 0-15 7 7 7 91 CB-OFFSET1 0-15 7 7 7 92 CR-OFFSET2 0-15 7 7 7 93 CB-OFFSET2 0-15 7 7 7 94 SUB- CON 0-15 7 7 7 95 SUB-COL 0-15 7 7 7 96 SUB-HUE 0-15 8 8 8 97 CTI-LEVEL 0-3 3 3 3 98 R-Y/R 0-15 7 7 7 99 R-Y/B 0-15 2 2 2 100 G-Y/R 0-15 8 8 8

SR23 - 923-03509 2-9 CS - SERVICE MENUS

SERVICE MENU (continued)

ITEM RANGE H27E46DT H32E46DT H36E46DT

101 G-Y/B 0-15 11 11 11 102 LRGB2-LEVEL 0-15 3 3 3 103 GAMMA 0-15 0 0 0 104 PABL-LEVEL 0-15 6 6 6 105 BLK-BOTTOM 0-15 15 15 15 106 SUB-SHP 0-3 3 3 3 107 SHP-FO 0-3 0 0 0 108 PRE/OVER 0-3 0 0 0 109 LTI/LEVEL 0-3 1 1 1 110 DC-TRAN 0-7 2 2 2 111 D-PIC 0-3 3 3 3 112 H-FREQ 0-254 3 3 3 113 LEFT-BLK 0-63 28 28 28 114 AFC-RANGE 0-1 1 1 1 115 FH-SW 0-1 0 0 0 116 RIGHT-BLK 0-63 63 63 63 117 AFC-MODE 0-3 0 0 0 118 CLP 0-15 7 7 7 119 AFC-COMP 0-15 7 7 7 120 H-POSITION 0-63 21 21 21 121 HBLK-SW 0-1 0 0 0 122 V-ANGLE 0-63 30 30 30 123 V-BOW 0-63 32 32 32 124 H-COMP 0-15 0 0 0 125 FHADJ 0-15 8 8 8 126 H-SIZE 0-59 32 32 32 127 PIN-PHASE 0-63 32 32 32 128 UP-PIN 0-63 31 31 31 129 LO-PIN 0-63 31 31 31 130 UP-CPIN 0-63 31 31 29 131 LO-CPIN 0-63 33 31 33 132 V-PARA1-DC 0-15 0 0 0 133 V-PARA1-AMP 0-15 7 7 7 134 V-PARA2-DC 0-63 0 0 0 135 V-PARA2-PHASE 0-63 37 30 30 136 V-PARA2--AMP 0-63 0 0 0 137 V-SIZE 0-63 52 43 25 138 V-OFF 0-1 1 1 1 139 V- POSITION 0-63 43 39 37 140 ZOOM-SW 0-1 0 0 0 141 Z-CUT 0-1 0 0 0 142 V-S-CORR 0-15 0 0 0 143 V-LIN 0-15 5 0 0 144 V-FREQ 0-15 3 3 3 145 V-COMP 0-15 0 0 0 146 UP-VLIN 0-15 8 5 4 147 LO VLIN 0-15 5 4 4 148 V-ASPECT 0-63 56 60 47 149 V-FREE 0-1 0 0 0 150 JUMP-SW 0-1 0 0 0

SR23 - 923-03509 2-10 CS - SERVICE MENUS

SERVICE MENU (continued)

ITEM RANGE H27E46DT H32E46DT H36E46DT

151 V-SCROLL 0-63 31 31 31 152 MAX- LINE 70-200 78 78 78 153 V-FRONT-BLK 0-127 7 7 7 154 BLK-SW 0-1 1 1 1 155 V-BACK-BLK 0-127 14 14 14 156 MON INTER 0-1 0 0 0 157 VTIM 0-254 22 22 22 158 MAT-OUT 0-3 3 3 3 159 R-DRIVE 5 59 30 30 30 160 G-DRIVE 5 59 25 25 25 161 B-DRIVE 5 59 20 20 20 162 R-CUTOFF 0-63 10 10 10 163 G-CUTOFF 0-63 2 2 2 164 B-CUTOFF 0-63 0 0 0 165 SUB-BRIGTH 0-63 31 31 31 166 FIX-SYNC 0-3 0 0 0 167 H-WIDTH 0-3 0 0 0 168 BLK-BOTTOM 0-15 15 15 15 169 H-FREQ 0-254 32 32 32 170 LEFT-B LK 0-63 28 28 28 171 RIGHT-BLK 0-63 18 18 18 172 FH-SW 0-1 0 0 0 173 CLP 0-15 9 9 9 174 H-POSITION 0-63 33 29 30 175 V-POSITION 0-63 30 31 30 176 V-BOW 0-63 30 31 24 177 H-COMP 0-15 0 0 0 178 FHADJ 0-15 8 8 8 179 H-SIZE 0-59 36 22 40 180 PIN-PHASE 0-63 30 31 29 181 UP-PIN 0-63 31 31 31 182 LO-PIN 0-63 31 31 31 183 UP-CPIN 0-63 30 31 30 184 LO-CPIN 0-63 30 31 33 185 V-PARA1-DC 0-15 7 7 7 186 V-PARA1-AMP 0-15 7 7 7 187 V-PARA2-DC 0-63 0 0 0 188 V-PARA2-PHASE 0-63 30 30 30 189 V-PARA2-AMP 0-63 0 0 0 190 V SIZE 0-59 40 18 21 191 V-POSITION 0-63 43 42 35 192 V-S-CORR 0-15 0 3 0 193 V-LIN 0-15 8 3 0 194 V-FREQ 0-15 3 3 3 195 V-COMP 0-15 0 0 0 196 UP-VLIN 0-15 5 3 9 197 LO-VLIN 0-15 4 2 4 198 V-ASPECT 0-63 45 47 29 199 V-SCROLL 0-63 31 31 31 200 MAX LINE 160-254 190 190 190

SR23 - 923-03509 2-11 CS - SERVICE MENUS

SERVICE MENU (continued)

ITEM RANGE H27E46DT H32E46DT H36E46DT

201 V-FRONT-BLK 0-127 0 0 0 202 V-BACK-BLK 0-127 23 23 23 203 NONINTER 0-1 1 1 1 204 VTIM 0-254 39 39 39 205 POLL RATE 20-169 94 94 94 206 TIMING PULSE 186-227 207 207 207 207 ACK PULSE 0-1 0 0 0 208 AUX STATUS 0-1 0 0 0 209 AUTO COMPPORT 0-1 0 0 0 210 SVID ENABLE 0-1 1 1 1 211 DIS. SETUP M. 212 DIS. AUDIO M. 213 DIS. VIDEO M. 214 DIS. VCHIP M. 215 DIS. SRCE M. 216 DIS. CH-TIME 217 BCK. CH-TIME 218 FOR. CH-TIME 219 EN. CH-TIME 220 CH TIME SIZE 221 CH NOT AVBLE 222 EN. TIMER 223 FRNT AUX EN. 224 UPN MSB 225 UPN MSB-1 226 UPN MSB-2 227 UPN LSB 228 AIR AFT

0-1 0-1 0-1 0-1 0-1 0-1 0-7 0-7 0-1 0-1 0-1 0-1

0-1 0-FF 0-FF 0-FF 0-FF

0-1

000 000 000 000 000 000 111 111 111 000 000 111 111

-- -- --

-- -- -111

SR23 - 923-03509 2-12 CS - SERVICE MENUS

221-01053

CV-1 L1-IN R1-IN L2-IN R2-IN Y1-IN C1-IN L3-IN R3-IN Y MON OUT C MON OUT VM-OUT L VM-OUT R

RESET R G B HS VS CV SEN CV IN

Y IN

C IN

C OUT

Y OUT

R G B

CV RF

Y INS1

Y IN1

C INS1

C IN1

V OUT

SCL

S D A

S C L

BGF

SDA

COMB FILTER

BPF

BPS

C OUT

Y OUT

220V

12V G2

FOCUS

R G B

A K B

UVHSV

SCP

V TIM IN

V OUT H OUT H FBP

EW-DR

H FBP

H DR

ABL

V DR+

V DR-

VPROT

H PROT

ABL FIL

SDA

SCL

C IN

Y IN SCL

SDA

IC6000

221-01391-P07

ICX2200

221-01376

ICX2600

221-01378

Video Ouput Board

One

Card

Front

Jack Pack

Rear Jack Pack

ICX2201

221-01377

To Large

Signal Module

ICX2900

Video Circuit

6V FIL

SECTION 3

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW

CHASSIS OVERVIEW

CONNECTIONS

This chassis has two means of A/V connectivity, one jackpack in the front and one in the back. The rear jackpack accommodates composite video, Y/C (super video), RGB Computer, and TV RF inputs. The front jackpack has only composite video and RGB computer inputs.

SIGNALS

Two types of signals, NTSC and SVGA, are processed in the set. NTSC signals enter by four inputs.

• CV RF: The IF section sends the composite

video to the A/V switch (ICX2900) at pin 53 (VinE4).

• CV-1: Fed from the rear jackpack to the A/V

switch at input pin 7 (VinS1).

• CV-4: This input, called Camport, is fed to the

A/V switch via pin 5 (VinE1).

• Y1-IN: This is the luminance input of the Y/C

(super video) connector and is fed to the A/V switch through pin 15 (YinS2).

• C1-IN: This is the Chroma part of the Y/C (super

video) connector and is fed to the A/V switch through pin 17 (CinS2).

All of these signals must be input to the A/V switch with a 1 Volt Peak-to-Peak (Vp-p) level. The microprocessor selects the signal through the I2C bus. If the signal is composite video, it is sent to the comb filter to separate the luminance and chroma components. The luminance signal is fed back to the A/V switch at pins 9 (YinS1) and 48 (Yin1). The chroma signal is sent to a pair of band-pass filters, one for the composite video inputs and one for the COMPOSITE VIDEO RF (because the two signals have different levels). Then the chroma is fed back to the A/V switch via pins 11 (CinS1) and 40 (Cin1).

The correct signal is selected by the microprocessor and the A/V switch sends it to pins 44 (Yout1) and 42 (Cout1) and to ICX2201.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-1 CS - SERVICING

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

INTEGRATED CIRCUITS

ICX2201 is a chroma decoder. It receives luminance and chroma signals and decodes them to YUV video with synchrony. The diagram shows the connections of the luminance signal to the synchrony inputs. This is because the chip extracts the horizontal and vertical sync pulses from the luminance composite sync.

The YUV video and sync from the ICX2201 are fed to the ICX2200 at pins 5 (IN2-3), 4 (IN2-2), 3 (IN2-1), 1 (IN2-H), and 2 (IN2-V).

The ICX2200 is an RGB video processor and switch that supports multi-scan capabilities. This switch has four inputs:

• IN2 (pins 1-5): This input is used for the YUV

video from ICX2201. It is selected by the microprocessor whenever the set is in NTSC mode by setting the input-SEL register to 0.

• IN3 (pins 7-11): This input is connected to

the rear jackpack through connector 8VGA2. When this input is selected the microprocessor sets the input-SEL register to 1.

• IN4 (pins 13-17): This input is connected to

the front jackpack connector 6F1 located in front of the set. The microprocessor selects it by setting the input-SEL register to 2.

• IN5 (pins 19-23): Not used.

The output of the ICX2200 is three lines of video (RGB) and two lines of sync (HV). The RGB lines are connected to the video output board and the Sync (HV) lines are connected to the input of ICX2600.

The video output board gets the RGB output from the ICX2200 to drive the CRT. It also returns a signal (IK – Cathode current) to pin 41 (IK-IN) of ICX2200. This is used to control the correct black level of the three amplifiers (AKB circuit).

ICX2600 is a deflection processor and compensation circuit for multi-scan signals. This IC accepts the output sync from ICX2200 and generates the signals needed for the large signal deflection board. Since CS Chassis sets use only two formats (NTSC using 15KHz at 60Hz, and 37.9KHz at 60Hz), the IC uses point scan mode and all other frequencies are set as invalid.

ICX2600 generates signals:

• Horizontal drive (H-DRV), East-West correction

(EW), and positive and negative Vertical ramps (+VDRIVE, -VDRIVE) used in the horizontal and vertical deflection circuit.

• Vertical Parabola (VPARAB) and Horizontal

Sawtooth (Hsaw) are both used in the dynamic focus circuit.

• Two signals, F0 and FH_STATUS, use the

deflection circuit to switch the frequency of the deflection circuit between 15KHz and

37.9KHz.

• The sandcastle pulse (SCP) and Vertical timing

pulse (VTIM) are fed back to the ICX2200. This is used as a reference for the internal blanking circuit and the AKB timing generator.

And accepts from the deflection circuit:

• The fly back pulse (H-FBP) is used for

synchronizing the deflection with the H-DRV pulse generated in the IC.

• H-PROT signal is used in shutdown protection.

• V-PROT is used to protect the CRT.

• The ABL signal is used by the ICX2200 and

ICX2600 to regulate the size of the vertical and horizontal size and the current of electronic beam.

VIDEO PROCESSING

COMB FILTER

The function of the Glass Comb Filter is to separate the composite video signal into Luminance (Y) and Chrominance (C) signals with a minimum amount of Cross Luminance and Cross Chrominance. The Glass Comb Filter is a hybrid integrated circuit together with a glass delay line combined into a five-pin package. The filter converts the composite signal to an acoustic signal using a piezoelectric transducer. The acoustic signal is sent through the glass delay line where it is delayed by one horizontal scan line. It is then converted back to an electrical signal. This is called 1H delay, which corresponds to one horizontal scan line time period. Hence the name 1H COMB. This current undelayed line is summed with the delayed line to give Y_COMB and subtracted from the delayed line to give C_COMB. This is made possible by the interleaving of Luminance and Chrominance signals during one horizontal scan line.

The glass comb filter receives composite video from ICX2900 pin 36 (Vout2) and separates it into Luma (Y) and Chroma (C) signals. The Luma (Y) signal passes through a 3.58MHz Trap in order to eliminate the residual signal of Chrominance, and then is sent back to pin 9 (YinS1) and pin 48 (Yin1) input with different levels (because the levels of the signals are different to RF and CV). The Chroma (C) signal goes to two different

3.58MHz Band Pass Filters decoupled by an emitter follower (one for RF and the other for CV) in order to eliminate the Luminance signal from the chroma signal of each input. Then it is sent to pins 11 (CinS1) and 40 (Cin1) inputs of ICX2900.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-2 CS - SERVICING

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

J2402

91-2053

R2936M

100

C2408M

1000pF 50V

L2402

6.8uH

C2409M

62pF

50V

C2407

10pF

50V

C2410M

220pF

50V

R2410M

R2415M

470

R2413M

470

R2414M

100

Q2902

121-1310A

VSW

Q2401

121-1310A

R2412M

150

R2411M

470

R2409M

470

C-COMB

J2403

91-2053

C2406M

1000pF

50V

C2405M

62pF 50V

L2400

6.8uH

C2404M

220pF

50V

R2407M

150

DL2400

223-45

J2401

91-2053

R2405M

R2402M

VSW

R2401M

C2401M

10uF

50V

Q2400

121-1311A

VSW

L2403

100uH

R2404M

10K

R2403M

22K

C2403M

220pF

50V L2401 10uH

R2406M

C2937M

0.01uF 25V

C2402

47uF 16V

Yin

YinS1

CinS1

Vout

Cin1

COMB-FILTER CIRCUIT

R2405M

C2403M

220pF

50V

L2401 10uH

R2406M

R2414M

100

From Comb filter

To AV Switch

3.58MHZ TRAP

C2408M

1000pF

50V

L2402

6.8uH

C2409M

62pF

50V

C2410M

220pF

50V

From Comb filter

To AV Switch

BAND PASS FILTER

GREEN VO AMPLIFIER

RED VO

AMPLIFIER

BLUE VO

AMPLIFIER

GREEN

PREDRIVER

RED

PREDRIVER

BLUE

PREDRIVER

VIDEO

PROCESSOR

CRT

VIDEO OUPUT BOARD

AKB SENSE

VIDEO OUTPUT BOARD

The signal is first uncoupled at the output of the video processor. Three transistors in the emitter follower configuration do this. Then the signal is amplified to the levels required for a good image on the CRT by the Video output board. On each amplifier there is a dedicated section for sensing the cathode current for the AKB system.

3.58 MHZ TRAP

The Chrominance information is 3.58 MHz and has a 1MHz bandwidth (BW). Since the video processor requires that Luminance and Chrominance be separated, it is necessary to use a filter to eliminate signals in that frequency range. In this circuit R2414M adjusts BW, R2406M adjusts attenuation and BW, L2401 and C2403M adjust BW and resonance frequency.

CRT/VIDEO MODULE

The Video Output Amplifier circuitry is divided into 4 sections. One section is the support circuitry for the CRT (G2 circuit, for example). The other sections are RGB amplifiers (one for each color signal). The locations for all the components are numbered according to these four sections. x510x references components in CRT support circuitry, x520x components are the Red section, x514x components are the Green section, and x516x components are the Blue section. So, for example,

BAND PASS FILTER

To obtain the chroma information from a composite video signal a BPF is used. The theory says that the filter is centered at 3.58 MHz with 1MHz bandwidth. Each component on a filter can affect the appearance of the image. The next circuit shown is the band pass circuit.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-3 CS - SERVICING

resistor R5125 in the Red section has the same function as R5145 in the Green section and R5165 in the blue section. For the purpose of analysis, the explanation below is based on the Red section.

The principal part of the Red amplifier is IC5121. This IC is an operational amplifier, configured as an inverting amplifier. The inverting input is on pin 2 and the noninverting input is on pin 4. The Feedback resistor is R5125. It has a gain peaking network between pin 1 and pin 3. This network is internally connected to the collectors of the differential input transistors.

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

+12 VDC

R5101

6.8K R5102

2.4K

C5122

47uF 50V

C5121M

15pF 50V

C5124

0.047pF 50V

C5123M

0.01uF 50V

R5122M

R5123M

820

C5132M

0.01uF 50V

R5125

27K 3W

R5169

1 RC-

2 VIN

3 RC+

4 VB

5 IN

6 12V

7 IK

8 GND

9 NC

10 200V

11 NC

12 OUT0

13 OUT

C5125

0.22MFD 250V

+220 VDC

R5126

47K

1/2W

TDA6120Q

IC5121

F-53938

221-01404 126-03390-08

R5128

470 1/2W

C5126 560pF

500V

Q5121

121-01356A

L5121

D5108

103-00415-02A

+220

VDC

Video Output Amp (Red)

I/U

OUT

CI int

IDC

4.5mA

Vin -

Vin +

CI ext

TDA6120Q

U/I

RC-

RC+

Video Output Amp IC

The input signal is connected to the inverting input of the amplifier through resistor R5121 to avoid Hi frequency oscillations. The non-inverting input is connected to a voltage bias formed by resistors R5101 and R5102.

The C5122 is for AC decoupling and C5123 is for Hi Frequency filter purposes (one for each IC). The IC takes this voltage bias as a reference voltage for the input signal. Therefore, by means of moving this reference voltage, the black level is established. The reference voltage is the same for the three-color amplifiers.

The cathode output is from pin 12 of the IC. This signal is passed through transistor Q5121 with the purpose of sampling the cathode current. This cathode output also uses resistors R5127, R5128, and the coil L5121 for peaking improvement.

VIDEO OUTPUT AMP IC

IC5121 consists of one monolithic video output amplifier. It is called a transadmittance-transimpedance amplifier because it can be split into two amplifier stages in series. The first stage is a voltage to current stage (transadmittance) and the second stage is a current to voltage stage (transimpedance).

At the second stage voltage to current feedback is applied by resistor (R5125) connected from out (pin

13) to in (pin 5). The transadmittance of the first stage can be chosen by means of a resistor between pin 1 and pin 3, represented on this circuit by R5122.

The signal input is through a differential pair of transistors. The signal is connected on pin 2 (Vin). The input configuration consists of a bipolar NPN transistor in a long tailed pair configuration. Input current is

30µA type.

Black current data pin (7) is not used. Instead of this pin, the current is sensed externally by means of transistor Q5121.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-4 CS - SERVICING

Video output current is delivered by a quasicomplementary class A/B push-pull stage designed in DMOS technology which can source and sink a current of 100mA for video output voltages of 125Vp-p. A feature of this output stage is the low saturation voltage (typ. 4V) and the low voltage drop at high level (typ. Vdd-6V).

Frequency response is improved by means of a capacitor (C5121) in series with a resistor (R5123) connected between pins 1 and 3 of the IC. The values of these elements are a compromise between bandwidth, overshoot, and ringing.

AKB OPERATION

The auto cut off system is intended for stabilization of the black current and to compensate for CRT aging. The video processor adds 3 pulses on the last portion of the vertical blanking interval (one for each color). The currents on the cathode for each pulse are sensed and sent back to the video processor for correction. Each pulse is actually a complete horizontal line with a video level of approximately 8 Ire’s. These pulses are slightly closing the vertical scan. They appear as a set of 3 lines on the top of the image.

The Cathode current is sensed by a PNP transistor (Q51X1). The three sensed currents are tied together and send back to the video processor. On the main board this current signal is converted to voltage and sent to the video processor (pin 41 of ICX2200).

The video processor internally resolves the current level of each color, compares it to its internal reference, and makes an adjustment.

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

TDA6120Q

MIRROR

CASCODE

CURRENT

INPUT

OUT

1xINOUT

4xOUT

MIRROR

OUT

J 5mA

9 11

0.7 pF

OUTC

OUT

OUTM

GND

VIN+

RC+

RC-

VIN-

a.c.

AKB Circuit

IC1400

221-01127

ICX2900

221-01053

VIDEO/AUX

S-VIDEO

COMPUTE

REAR

(SVGA/NTSC)

COMPOSITE

VIDEO FRONT

TUNER/IF

COMPOSITE AUDIO

IC801

221-01145

Rear Jack Packs

Front Jack Packs

Antenna/Cable

A/V Switch

Audio Processor

Transistor Variable

Audio Output Monitor

MicroProcessor IIC Bus

R-IN

L-IN

R-IN

L-IN

R-IN

L-IN

R-IN L-IN

ROUT T

LOUT T

AUX1-R

AUX2-L

LSOUT-R

LSOUT-L

Vol, Bass, Treble, Balance, SoundRite, SEQ

COMP-IN

R-IN

L-IN

SPKR-R

SPKR-L

AUX-R

AUX-L

SDA

SCL

SDA

SCL

PWR MUTE

16 14

22 20

39 40

9 10 26 27

To Rear Jack Pack

Stereo Module

The factory adjust of cut off is based on this system. The processor moves the reference pulse according to the level indicated on the cut off register. When the reference pulse is moved, the AKB system moves the black level of the signal. This is the way it adjusts the white balance at low contrast.

ABL CIRCUIT

ABL (Automatic Blanking Level) and ACL (Automatic Contrast Level) are circuits designed to protect the CRT against over-current of electron beams that will burn the screen phosphors. Both circuits limit the current flowing to the screen. For 27-inch sets, the beam current is limited to 1.5 mA. For 32 and 36-inch sets the beam current is limited to 1.6 mA. The ABL controls the current by affecting the black level and the ACL by limiting the contrast.

The ICX2200 Video processor has two ABL modes of operation: Picture only and Picture/Brightness. The first one only affects the contrast level. This first mode is also called ACL. The second option affects Contrast and Brightness. This option is a mix of ABL and ACL. Both options are selected by software. The Picture only mode is fixed.

AUDIO PROCESSING

STEREO MODULE

There are five different Audio sources: Antenna/Cable, Aux video, S-Video, Rear Computer, and Front Computer/ Front Video.

The Tuner/IF section processes the Antenna/Cable signal. It then passes as Composed Audio to the audio processor to be demodulated.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-5 CS - SERVICING

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

IC2900

221-01053

Audio/Video

Switch

Volume Limiter

IC1400

221-01127

Surround

Bass/Treble

Balance

Volume

Matrix

SW1

SW2

IIC BUS

LSOUT

AUD (V-AUX)

AUD (S-VIDEO)

AUD

(COMPUTER

FRONT)

AUD

(COMPUTER

REAR)

COMPOSITE AUDIO

AUX1

AUX2

TVOUT

A/V SWITCHES

At the front jackpack one pair of audio jacks is used with both the Computer and Aux. Video inputs. (If both video inputs are in use the Aux. Video is selected as default input.)

The rear jackpack includes one set of audio jacks for the S-Video, another set of audio jacks for the Aux. Video input, and a third pair for the RGB Computer input.

The Audio processor IC1400 switches between the Composite Audio input on pin 19 (Comp-in) from Tuner/ IF section and pins 39 & 40 (AUX1-R & AUX1-L, the L/ R channels from the A/V Switch ICX2900). The A/V Switch chooses from among four inputs from external audio sources (Rear and Front jackpacks). The I²C bus controls both IC’s. The power amplifier IC801 and the variable output monitor stage take the Left and Right channels from the audio processor Lsout-L (pin 7) and Lsout-R (pin 6) outputs.

SWITCH THEORY

Audio source selection for CS chassis sets is made through two internal switches SW1 and SW2 inside the IC1400 audio processor. These switches are controlled by EXT1 and EXT2 registers to select COMPIN Tuner /IF signal, AUX1 (Audio/Video switch), or AUX2 (Not used). The A/V Switch chooses one of the Audio/Video input’s external sources: Video Aux., S-Video, Rear Computer, or Front Computer/Video.

NOTE: CS chassis does not use AUX2 input of IC1400

so register EXT2 is always 0.

The audio source selection is made through the EXT1 register of IC1400. EXT1 selects either Composite audio or AUX1 input.

You can choose among the following inputs: Antenna/ Cable, Aux Video, S-Video, Front Computer/Video, and Rear Computer SVGA/Rear Computer NTSC. First the Audio Processor selects between COMPIN (TV) and AUX1 (A/V Switch). Then when AUX1 has been selected, the A/V switch IC2900 selects which auxiliary input goes to the audio processor. The table below shows the IC2900 A/V switch and IC1400 audio processor register values and the output source selected.

The audio source selection for the audio processor is made according the next control table:

Mode control Audio Source selection

EXT1 EXT2 AUX2 LSOUT

0 0 OFF Antenna (Default)

0 1 ON Antenna

1 0 OFF A/V switch selection

1 1 ON A/V switch selection

After the audio source selection is made, the sound processor block processes the signal. The output signals (LSOUT-L and LSOUT-R) are applied to both the Audio power amplifier IC804 and variable audio monitor out.

The coupling between the Audio processor and the Audio power amplifier is made through the electrolytic capacitors C808 and C805. This is done in order to block the DC level (4.0 V) of the LSOUT-L and LSOUT-R pins respectively. The coupling between the Audio processor and the variable monitor out is made through of the capacitors C1449 and C1448.

The AV switch IC2900 has 7 audio inputs and 3 audio outputs. Two of three outputs depend on video, and the others are selectable from Main (Main video) or Sub (PIP video). This chassis has no PIP.

D02 A/V switch register controls the sound selection from Main or Sub (PIP):

D02 = 0 Main sound (Default value)

D02 = 1 PIP sound

SR23 - 923-03509 3-6 CS - SERVICING

POWER SUPPLY

POWER SUPPLY DEFINITION

The Power Supply uses a COLD chassis and is a single sided circuit board that has been developed for screen sizes 27” through 36”. The power supply features two switch mode power regulators for voltages sources. One is intended for Standby sources and the other one supplies the main switched voltages.

Both power supplies use direct regulation. One error amplifier and one optocoupler are used for each power supply. This chassis also is Energy Star compliant for low power consumption in standby mode (less than 3 Watts of consumption). This is the main reason for the standby power supply.

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

Switch Mode Regulator

Stand By

Power Supply

Switched

Power Supply

Power

Control

Line

SWITCH MODE REGULATOR

This chassis has a switching power supply (quasiresonant topology type). The AC line is routed through the fuse FX3400 (4A @ 250 V fast blow) and then through the bridge rectifier circuit BR3400 and CX3407. The AC operation range is between 90 Vrms to 135 Vrms. A filter consisting of LX3400 and CX3401 is employed before the rectifier circuit to reduce noise from the AC line and vice versa (EMI).

The voltage output of the rectifier (150VDC) is supplied to the Main Switch Mode Regulator Power Supply (SMPS) & Standby Switch Mode Regulation Power Supply. Its output should be operating in the range of 127.3 VDC to 190.9 VDC.

The Main SMPS consists of ICX3400, ICX3401, and ICX3402. Its chopper transformer consists of TX3400 and the standby SMPS. The standby SMPS consists of ICX3406, ICX3407, ICX3408, and the standby chopper transformer TX3401.

STAND-BY START UP

When the PIN 4 of ICX3406 terminal voltage reaches 16 VDC (typical), the control circuit enables regulator operation. Once the regulator output voltage is established, the drive winding DX3415 starts to charge CX3430 via DX3415. The voltage on CX3430 thus recovers to the nominal drive voltage.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-7 CS - SERVICING

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

D3200X

Q3200X

Proportional

H-Drive

LIN

CS1

CS2

Regulation

Horizontal

Deflection

Yoke

T3202

T3201

Sweep

Transformer

PWM

Scan Boost

Converter

ABL

H-DRIVE

40 VDC

HFLBK SHUTDOWN

High Voltage & Deflection

E/W-DRV

FH-STAT

DEFLECTION AND HIGH VOLTAGE

OVERVIEW

The principal function of the Deflection and HV circuits is to supply horizontal and vertical currents to the deflection yoke coils, and the high voltage generation. They are designed for use in a dual frequency television,

15.75 and 37.9 Khz. They are dependent on other circuits in the chassis to provide drive signal, DC control voltages, correction waveform, etc. This section can be divided into 7 functional blocks.

1. Horizontal Deflection and HV Generation

2. Scan Boost Converter

3. Base Drive

4. S-Capacitor Switched

5. HV Compensation

6. Shutdown Circuit

7. Vertical Deflection

HORIZONTAL DEFLECTION AND HV GENERATION

The Horizontal Deflection circuitry is a common flyback type used in many television and monitor applications. QX3200 is the Horizontal Output Transistor. When QX3200 is initially turned on, current is allowed to flow from the B+ supply, through TX2900, T3201, and QX3200. This allows energy to be stored in T3201. When QX3200 is turned off, some of this energy is returned to charge the S-capacitor(s) CX3203, CX3204, and CX3205. After several cycles (repeating at scanning frequency) sufficient voltage appears across the S-capacitor providing an additional path producing current flow though the horizontal deflection yoke coil (connector 4X4). The Damper Diode DX3200 provides the negative current path. The result is a positive and negative sawtooth current through the horizontal deflection coils (approximately 11 to 17 Amps. peak to peak).

SR23 - 923-03509 3-8 CS - SERVICING

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

Scan Boost Converter

B++

R4103

C4104

R4104

C4105

C4117

R4105

R4102

R4100

R4101

Q4100

R4107

R4408

C4100

R4106

R4109

R4120

C4103

R4114

R4113

R4110

R4111

C4101

C4102

R4112

R4130

D4100

R4116

C4106

R4115

C4107

R4117

+15V

VCC

R4122

R4123

+15V

Q4101

R4118

R4119

GND

+ 1

+ 2

OTC

PWMCOMP

C4111

D4101

R4125

Q4102

R4126

Q4103

L4100

RX4127

C4113

C4115

D4102

RX4128

B+

+40V

H-FLBK

FH-STAT

EW-DRV

R4124

IC4100

When QX3200 is turned off, about 1100 Volts peak of flyback voltage is produced from the stored energy in the horizontal deflection coils and T3201. This voltage is induced to secondary windings of T3201 to generate the high voltage from 28 to 30 KV. The flyback (or

retrace) period is about 5 µs.

A secondary winding on T3201 (pin 6) provides a low voltage flyback pulse (H-FLYBK) used for synchronization of the Scan Boost Converter and like a feedback signal for the HV Compensation circuit. A capacitive divider, CX3216 and CX3217, provides a low voltage flyback pulse (H-FBP) used for synchronization, phase comparison, etc. This pulse is sent to the main chassis via pin 6 of connector 4G2.

Linearity Coil, L3200, is a saturating inductor skewed by a permanent magnet bonded to the coil. It produces a nonlinear inductance curve versus the current. This characteristic cancels non-linear ties in the deflection current caused by horizontal deflection coil resistance.

SCAN BOOST CONVERTER

Because the horizontal scan frequency is not constant, a variable voltage source is required to supply the main deflection circuit. The Scan Boost Converter circuit accomplishes this. The +40 Vdc Power Supply (from main switched mode power supply in the chassis) is boosted to the voltage required for a given operating frequency and becomes the B++ voltage to supply the main deflection circuit. The scan converter is a pseudosynchronized, PWM, discontinuous, flyback type.

Pulse width modulation control is achieved by IC4100. It’s function is to modulate the pulse width output at pin 8 based on the error voltage resulting from comparing the reference voltage at pin 2 with that at pin 1.

Scan converter free run operating frequency is controlled by R4120 and C4103. It is necessary to synchronize this frequency with the incoming Horizontal Scanning Frequency. Q4101 provides injection locking of the oscillator by discharging C4103 during the horizontal retrace interval, after which the oscillator is allowed to free run only during the remaining scanning period. The effect is a pseudo-sync-locked oscillator. This provides improved noise and response performance, while reliably operating in the discontinuous mode over the entire horizontal operating frequency range.

The output at pin 8 drives the gate of the switching transistor Q4103. The on interval determines the amount of stored energy in L4100. The longer Q4103 is on, the more energy is stored, resulting in a higher rectified output voltage at B++ after Q4103 is turned off. Q4102 provides a fast turn off of Q4103.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-9 CS - SERVICING

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

Base Driver

H-DRV

C4000

R4000

R4001

Q4000

R4003

C4001

R4002

Q4001

C4002

R4004

D4000

R4005

+15V

RX4006

Q4002

Q4003

R4008

RX4007

R4009

Q4004

R4011

C4005

C4003 C4004

RX4010

+22V

D4001

RX4012

RX4013 RX4014

OUT

HOT BASE

HOT EMITTER

0 0

One of the operational amplifiers of IC4100 (pins 1,2, & 3) provides the error voltage needed to regulate the B++ output voltage to a specified level. This voltage is dependent on the horizontal scanning frequency and is determined by the Deflection Processor (ICX2600 in Main Chassis). A corresponding level 0 or 9 Vdc level (NTSC or SVGA mode) is sent to pin 7 of connector 4G2 (F0 signal). The F0 signal switch Q4100 adjusts the feedback path to have a B++ range of approximately 50 to 65 Vdc in NTSC mode and approximately 120 to 145 Vdc in SVGA mode. This depends on the EW-DRV level from the same processor (Screen Size Control).

This circuit also receives a pincushion and size correction signal. EW-DRV from the Deflection Processor (ICX2600), Pin 4 of connector 4V2, modulates B++ to provide keystone and pincushion geometric correction. EW-DRV is a vertical deflection rate parabola.

The Change Mode Protection is accomplished by the other operational amplifier in IC4100 (pins 13, 14, &

3). This protection is provided by comparing the FHSTAT signal from the Deflection Processor (ICX2600), pin 8 of connector 4G2, with a 5 Vdc level. When a change mode is performed (from NTSC to SVGA or vice versa), the FH-STAT signal goes to low level forcing the Scan Boost to work in a minimum mode (minimum B++) to minimize the change mode transients.

BASE DRIVE

The Base Drive (Proportional Drive) circuit provides high forward and reverse current to drive the base of the Horizontal Output Transistor QX3200, from a low level input (H-DRV from the Deflection Processor, ICX2600, in Main Chassis) at pin 1 of connector 4H2. This signal is approximately 9 volts peak at the operating frequency and has a duty cycle of about 40% high, 60% low.

Current from H-DRV is amplified by transistor Q4002 and Q4003, providing a low impedance to rapidly drive the gate of the drive transistor, Q4004. This action results in and CX3204 are always connected in the circuit. CX3205 is switched by Q3202 via F0 signal (pin 7 of connector 4H2) from the Deflection Processor, ICX2600, in Main Chassis. This signal is buffered by Q3201. At NTSC mode all capacitors are switched in, and at SVGA mode only CX3203 and CX3204 are switched in.

S-CAPACITOR SWITCHING

The “S” shaping capacitors, CX3203, CX3204 and CX3205, provide the proper deflection current for optimum raster linearity with the two frequencies. As the horizontal scanning frequency increases, less capacity is needed. CX3203 and CX3204 are always connected in the circuit. CX3205 is switched by Q3202 via F0 signal (pin7 of connector 4H2) from the Deflection Processor, ICX2600, in Main Chassis. The signal is buffed by Q3201. At NTSC mode all capacitors are switched in, and at SVGA mode only CX3203 and CX3204 are switched in.

HV COMPENSATION

The flyback pulse voltage (H-FLYBK) from pin 6 of T3201 (Flyback Transformer) is peak detected (rectified) by the diode D2901 and capacitor C2900. This forms a DC voltage appearing on C2900 representative of the CRT anode voltage produced by T3201. This voltage is used in one of the operational amplifiers of IC3201 to provide the error voltage needed to regulate the HV to a specified level.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-10 CS - SERVICING

CIRCUIT OVERVIEW (continued)

EW-DRV

ABL

H-FLYBK

C2902

R2907

R2931

R2903

RX2900

RX2901

RX2902

RX2904

Q2900

D2901

R2905 C2900

R2906

+15V

V+

V-

IC3201

C2915

R2911R2914

+5V

C2903

R2915

R2917

R2912

R2913

+15V

C2906

R2919

R2918

R2922

C2912

+15V

D2902

D2903

V+

V-

IC2900

V+

V-

IC2900

R2920

R2921

+15V

D2905

D2902

C2907

+15V

C2913

+15V

R2923

R2925

R2931

C2915

Q2905

R2933

R2934

+15V

+40V

RX2926

Q2904

Q2903

RX2929

R2928

D2904

C2908

Q2906

C2914

R2930

OUT

TO PIN 2 OF T3201

L2L1

C2911

Q2906

D2907

+22V

B++

0 0

HV Compensation

The error voltage is compared with a ramp signal generated in one comparator of IC2900 and synchronized by the flyback pulse (H-FLYBK) at Horizontal Scanning Frequency. It modulates the pulse width in the output to drive the gate of the switching transistor Q2904. This ramp signal is present only during the flyback pulse.

Q2904 is on during the scan time and as long as the error voltage is higher than the ramp signal. This allows energy to be stored in TX2900. When Q2904 is turned off the resonant circuit formed by C2908 and the primary inductance of TX2900 produce a flyback voltage of about 400 volts peak resulting from the store energy in TX2900. This voltage is induced to secondary windings of TX2900 to add to voltage generated in Horizontal Deflection circuit. This induce voltage is used to compensate load variation (beam current variation) in HV Flyback Transformer T3201. ABL and EW-DRV signals, weighted, can be used to ameliorate the HV controller response.

Q2905 and Q2906 are used, with F0 signal from the Deflection Processor (ICX2600 in Main Chassis), to switch +22V or +40 V to pin 4 of TX2900 to maintain the same energy stored in TX2900 for both modes (NTSC and SVGA).

Q2900 and RX2952 (potentiometer) are used to adjust the high voltage to a specified level and for coupling with HV controller (IC3201.

SHUTDOWN CIRCUIT OPERATION

The flyback pulse voltage from pin 6 of T3201 (Flyback Transformer) is peak detected (rectified) by the action of diode D3206 and capacitor C3214. This forms a DC voltage appearing on C3214 representative of the CRT anode voltage (HV) procedure by T3201. This voltage is divided down precision resistors RX3214, RX3215, RX3216, and RX3217. This lower voltage appears on the positive input (pin3) of IC3201. In the event the CRT anode voltage become excessive, in IC3201 the positive input (pin3) will be higher that negative input (pin2) and therefore his output (pin1) will go to high level at approximately 15 volts. This signal (SD-DVR) is send to Base of Q4000 causing Horizontal Drive to be disabled and latched causing HV goes down. In about 5 seconds, the shutdown-reset circuit (Pins 8,9 & 14 of IC2900) enabled again the Horizontal Drive and HV must be reestablished.

The circuit formed by Q2907, C2913, C2916, D2908, R2923, R2935, R2936 and R2937; disable the HV compensation output (Q2902-B signal) during turn on and shutdown conditions (transients).

VERTICAL DEFLECTION

The Vertical Deflection circuit, ICX2100, is a linear amplifier that can directly drive the yoke current (including the required DC component). The sawtooth waveforms needed, as inputs, by ICX2100 are generated in the Deflection Processor, ICX2600, in Main Chassis, V-DRV+ and V-DRV, pin 1 and 2 of connector 4V2.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-11 CS - SERVICING

ADJUSTMENTS

Yoke’s Glass Cloth Tape

Wedges’ Adhesive Tape (3)

Rubber Wedges (3)

Deflection Yoke

Purity & Convergence Magnet Assembly Unit

6 Pole

Purity Magnet

4 Pole

Ring

Pairs

6 Pole

Convergence

R&B over G

Convergence

R over B

4 Pole

Rotation direction of Both Tabs

Opposite

Same

Movement of Red and Blue Beams

R R

BBR

CRT Ring Location Purity

Adjust Tabs Beam Movement for Convergence

PURITY & CONVERGENCE SETUP PROCEDURE

PRELIMINARY SETUP

1. Allow receiver to warm up for 15 to 20 minutes.

2. Degauss receiver.

3. Connect crosshatch generator to the receiver and “rough in” the static (center) convergence.

Follow Convergence Status.

4. Adjust for best focus.

PURITY ADJUSTMENT

1. Purity tab positioning Set the 2 pole purity tab together at 3 or 9 o’ clock

positions and the 4 and 6 pole purity tabs together at 12 or 6 o’ clock positions.

2. Move yoke to maximum forward funnel position.

3. Now switch crosshatch generator to a red field.

4. Pull yoke towards rear of CRT neck centered or until red raster is displayed.

5. If red raster is not displayed as a pure red field, adjust the 2 pole purity tabs until a pure field is obtained.

6. Check for proper yoke tilt setting.

CONVERGENCE ADJUSTMENT

1. Release locking assembly

2. Connect crosshatch generator to the receiver and adjust static (center) convergence as follows:

a. Adjust the 4 pole static control by moving the two

tabs separately to converge red and blue lines horizontally. Move the two tabs together around neck of CRT in a 45º arc) from the top dead center position to converge red and blue lines vertically.

b. After the 4 pole control has been adjusted to super-

impose the red and blue lines on top of one another. Use the 6 pole static adjustment to place converged red and blue lines over the green line. Move the two tabs together around neck of CRT (in a 30º arc) from the top dead center position to move the lines vertically. Adjusting the two tabs separately will move converged beam to the left or right. Using a cross hatch generator capable or producing individual fields, adjust generator to produce a red field. Use purity tabs to center a red stripe.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-12 CS - SERVICING

ADJUSTMENTS

4 Pole Magnets

Clamp and Screw

6 Pole Magnets

2 Pole Magnets

2" To 3"

MAGNET

ADJUSTMENTS

VERTICAL-TILT WEDGE ADJUSTMENT

The vertical lines at 6 and 12 o’clock are converged by vertically tilting the yoke and inserting a wedge at the top of the yoke until it is firmly seated between the CRT glass and the horizontal coils.

HORIZONTAL-TILT WEDGE ADJUSTMENT

The vertical lines at 3 o’clock and 9 o’clock are converged by horizontally tilting the yoke and inserting a wedge.

Adjust first at 4 or 8 o’clock, whichever has the larger space, until the wedge is firmly seated between the CRT glass and yoke coils. Then, insert the 3rd wedge in the remaining horizontal tilt position until it is firmly seated between the CRT glass and yoke coils. Convergence at 3 and 9 o’clock should be maintained during this operation.

When the 3 wedges are firmly installed and positioned for acceptable convergence, lock the wedges in place by applying a 2.5 inches long strip of tape across the tabs of each wedge, firmly against the CRT glass. The CRT glass surface should be clean and free of dust and other foreign material.

UNUSUAL TILT CASE

There may be some instances where the picture tube and yoke will require vertical tilt in the opposite (up) direction to obtain convergence. In such cases, insert the vertical tilt wedge at the bottom (6 o’clock) position. Follow through on the horizontal tilt adjustment by using the 2 and 10 o’clock positions and secure each wedge with a piece of tape, as described above.

IMPROVING CRT CORNER PURITY

CRTs that display corner purity problems even after following the service procedures can be modified with a picture correction kit (P/N 949-50). The purity can be improved by placing a picture-correction magnet (included in the kit) on the CRT funnel. Refer to the following modification steps and illustration to place the magnet properly. Fully degauss the CRT before installing correction magnets.

MODIFICATION

1. Place the magnet on the CRT funnel as shown in the figure displayed below, in the quadrant exhibiting impurity.

2. Rotate the magnet in place to the position shown for best purity.

3. Place a piece of 1/2" by 2" long Fiberglass tape over the magnet to hold it in place.

4. Degauss the CRT once magnet is in place to insure that the magnet is not over the internal magnet shield.

NOTE: If the magnet is placed over the internal

magnet shield, any apparent purity correction will disappear after degaussing. Reposition the correction magnet off the internal shield and degauss again.

SR23 - 923-03509 3-13 CS - SERVICING

IC DESCRIPTIONS

H-SYNC >

26 27

> HSYNC1

V_SYNC >

P52/R > > R

P53/G > > G

> VSYNC

> P40/AD4AFC > P54/B > > B

> P41/INT2V-DET > P55/OUT1 > > FB

> P42/TIM2H-DET>

P04/PWM0 <> NC

NCP05/PWM1 <>> P43/TIM3SD >

P06/PWM2 <> > SPI-CLK<> P24/AD3KEY 1 >

P07/PWM3 <> > SPI-DOUT<> P25/AD2KEY 2 >

< SPI-DINP20 <><> P26/AD1AGC Level >

<> P27NC

COMPUTER FRONT

SENCE

P21 <> NC

P22 <>

P23 <>

<> P00/PWM4

<> P01/PWM5

<> P02/PWM6CV FRONT > P10/OUT2 <>

<> P17/SINPWR-MUTE <

P11/SCL1 <> > CLK 1 (TO EEPROM/ZATE)

> CLK 2 (TO IIC/TUNER)P12/SCL2 <>

<> P44/INT1IR DET >

P13/SDA1 <> <> DAT 1 (TO EEPROM/ZATE)

<> P45/SOUTNC

NC <> P46/SCLK P14/SDA2 <> <> DAT 2 (TO IIC/TUNER)

> AVccAvcc > P15/I1 <> < IDENT

HLF > > HLF P16/I2/INT3 <> > MPI - DOUT

> RVC0RVCO > P03 <> < MPI - DIN

> VHOLDVHOLD >

CVIN > > CVIN

P30 <> > POWER

P31 <> > DEGAUSSER

> CNVss

XIN >

RESET < < RESETCNVSS >

> Xin P64/OSC2/XCOUNT <> > OSC OUT

XOUT > < Xout P63/OSC1/XCiN < < OSC IN

> VssVSS > Vcc < < Vcc

IC6000

221-01391-P07

MAIN MICRO

IC DESCRIPTIONS

SR23 - 923-03509 3-14 CS - SERVICING

IC DESCRIPTIONS

I/O28

SDAI/O2

Cin2 Mute

O3 GND2

Cout2 CinS3

RinS3Rout2

YinS3Yout2

LinS3Lout2

Vcc

Vout2

CLAMP2

CinS2

RinS2

YinS2

Yin2

RoutD

Cin1

LinS2

LoutD

VinS2

GND1

Cout1

CinS1

Rout1

Yout1

RinS1Lout1

YinS1Vout1

LinS1CLAMP1

VinS1Yin1

RinE3 RinE1

VinE1VinE3

LinE1LinE3

RinE2RinE4

VinE2VinE4

LinE2

ICX2900

221-01053

LinE4

SCL

VinS3

SR23 - 923-03509 3-15 CS - SERVICING

IC DESCRIPTIONS

I/O28

SDAI/O2

Cin2

Mute

O3 GND2

Cout2

CinS3

RinS3Rout2

YinS3

Yout2

LinS3Lout2

Vcc

Vout2

CLAMP2

CinS2

RinS2

YinS2

Yin2

RoutD

Cin1

LinS2

LoutD

VinS2

GND1

Cout1

CinS1

Rout1

Yout1

RinS1

Lout1

YinS1Vout1

LinS1CLAMP1

VinS1Yin1

RinE3 RinE1

VinE1VinE3

LinE1LinE3

RinE2RinE4

VinE2VinE4

LinE2

ICX2900

221-01053

LinE4

SCL

VinS3

SR23 - 923-03509 3-16 CS - SERVICING

IC DESCRIPTIONS

BASSL2

481

TRE-R

BASSL1

BASSR2

TRE-L BASSR1

SURRIN SURRTC

SURROUT TVOUT-L

TVOUT-RLSOUT-R

AUX2-LLSOUT-L

AUX2-RNC

AUX1-LSDA

SCL

DGND

SAD

AUX1-R

VLTC

VLDC

VCAWGTMAININ

MAINOUT VCATC

VCAINNC

VEOUTPCINT1

PCINT2 VETC

PLINT VEWGT

COMPIN VE

VGR SAPIN

IREF

GND

SAPOUT

NOISETC

VCC

STINSAPTC

SUBOUT

IC1400

221-01127

SR23 - 923-03509 3-17 CS - SERVICING

IC DESCRIPTIONS

6362616059585

021222324

8DA

R-OUT

SCL

GND-OUT

DPIC-C

HP-IN

ADDRESS

VTIM-IN

LB2-IN

SCP-IN

LG2-IN

Vcc-OUT

LR2-IN

HS-OUT

YS/YM-2

IREF-SYNC

LB1-IN

YG-IN

LG1-IN

VS-OUT

LR1-IN

YG-OUT

YS/YM-1

ABL-IN

ABL-FIL

PABL-FIL

IK-IN

EY-IN

ECB-IN

ECR-IN

YSCCR-SW

B-SH

VM/SHP/COL-

B-OUT

OFF VM-OUT

G-SH

CLP-C

G-OUT

DPIC-MUTE

R-SH GND-SIG IREF-YC Vcc-SIG SELCR-IN SELCB-IN SELY-IN SELY-OUT

SELCR-OUT SELH-OUT

SELCB-OUT

SELV-OUT

V1-IN H1-IN CR1-IN CB1-IN Y1-IN

IN3-1

IN3-2

IN3-3

GND-MAT

IN4-H

IN4-V

IN4-1

IN4-2

IN4-3

V-PH

INS-H

INS-V

INS-1

INS-2

INS-3

H-PH

IN2-H

IN2-V

IN2-1

IN2-2

IN3-H

IN3-V

IN2-3

Vcc-MAT

ICX2200

221-01376

SR23 - 923-03509 3-18 CS - SERVICING

IC DESCRIPTIONS

SGND V OUT

U OUTCIN

A PED Y OUT

CVBS/Y IN SGND2

Address SCP

H TIMSCL

V TIMSDA

V2 INV SYNC

U2 IN

H SYNC

V HOLD

Y2 IN

-(R_Y) IN-(

B_Y) IN-(

B_Y) OU

T-(

R_Y) OUTSvc

cX NTSCX 35

8X 443/35

8APCSECAMRE

CP IN

ABLFILIN

Y2 OUT

U2 OUT

V2 OUT

J GND

IREF

Jvcc

AFC

CERA

ICX2201

221-01377

VIDEO PROCESSOR

109876

431

212223242526272830

SR23 - 923-03509 3-19 CS - SERVICING

IC DESCRIPTIONS

-STATUS

H_DRV

AFC2

ST-TCHD-DUTY

VSAW1

VSAW0

SW_DRV

SDA

Vcc

REG75

HV_COMP-IN

HSAW1

HSAW2

HSAVYO

GND1

SLOPE

P,M_BW

HSYNC

AFC1

Vcc1

HIREF

V_DRV

REF

VPROT

VPARA

ABC_C

V_D

VTI

V-S

BCL

ADDR

AFC_IN

FO_TC

P+ROT

V_D

ICX2600

221-01378

VIDEO SYNC. PROCESSOR

13 14 15 16

18 19 20 21 22 23 24

2728293031

343536

373839

434445464748

SR23 - 923-03509 3-20 CS - SERVICING

MODEL PARTS

SECTION 4

MODEL PARTS

All CS models are module level repair only. Parts contact information is below.

Voice: 1-888-3-ZENITH Fax: 1-888-6-ZENITH Mail: ZENITH NATIONAL PARTS

P O Box 240007 Huntsville, AL 35824-6407

MODEL PARTS

H27E46DT

Item Description 009-02097 Module, Video Output 014-12254-P12 Cabinet Rear 014-12336-P05 Cabinet Front 020-04330-P62 Coil, Degausser 030-01532-01 Decorative Item, Logo, Zenith 050-02361-01 Connector and Cable Assembly, 35V CTV Yoke 124-00233-04 Space Command Transmitter, MBR3447C 192-00916 Lens, IR 206-03755 Instr Book, Operation & Installation A-18299-04 Line Cord and Terminals Assembly, A-18378-01 CRT Assembly w/Deflection Yoke and Bender A-18695-P24 Gnd Strap Ass’y, CRT A-18793 Accessory Kit, Cables and Software, Video

Mirror/Audio A-19129 PC Board Ass’y, VGA Card F-53646 Keyboard Ass’y, 10 Key with Tall IR P009-02197 Module, Large Signal P009-02295-01 Module, Small Signal P049-01368-08 Speaker, Oval, 6 X 13 cm P050-02864-07 Connector & Cable Assembly, Speaker

Interconnect PF-54515 Front Jack Ass’y with Cables

H27E46DT8

Item Description 009-02097 Module, Video Output 014-12254-P12 Cabinet Rear 014-12336-P05 Cabinet Front 020-04330-P62 Coil, Degausser 030-01532-01 Decorative Item, Logo, Zenith 050-02361-01 Connector and Cable Assembly, 35V CTV Yoke 124-00233-04 Space Command Transmitter, MBR3447C 192-00916 Lens, IR 206-03755 Instr Book, Operation & Installation A-18299-04 Line Cord and Terminals Assembly A-18378-P03 CRT Assembly w/Deflection Yoke (2H) A, 27V

1.4R (Foshan) A-18695-P24 Gnd Strap Ass’y, CRT A-18793 Accessory Kit, Cables and Software, Video

Interconnect

P149-00706 Magnet, Purity Correction, ‘Chevron Magnet’ PA-19410 Convergence Helper PF-54515 Front Jack Ass’y with Cables

H32E46DT

Item Description 009-02097-01 Module, Video Output 014-12284-P33 Cabinet Front 014-12285-P10 Cabinet Rear 020-04330-33 Coil, Degausser 030-01532-01 Decorative Item, Logo, Zenith 124-00233-04 Space Command Transmitter, MBR3447C 152-00335-01 Wedge, CRT Spacer 192-00916 Lens, IR 206-03755 Instr Book, Operation & Installation A-18299-04 Line Cord A-18695-03 Gnd Strap Ass’y, CRT A-18793 Accessory Kit, Cables and Software, Video

Mirror/Audio A-19111 CRT Assembly w/Deflection Yoke and Bender A-19129 PC Board Ass’y, VGA Card F-53707 Keyboard Ass’y, 10 Key, with Short IR P009-02198 Module, Large Signal P009-02295-02 Module, Small Signal P049-01368-08 Speaker, Oval, 6 X 13 cm P050-02864-06 Connector & Cable, Assembly, Speaker

Interconnect PA-19298-02 PC Board Ass’y, Daughter PA-19410 Convergence Helper PF-54515 Front Jack Ass’y with Cables

H36E46DT

Item Description 009-02098 Module, Video Output 014-12269-P18 Cabinet Front 014-12270-P16 Cabinet Rear 020-04330-34 Coil, Degausser 030-01532-01 Decorative Item, Logo, Zenith 050-02361-03 Connector and Cable Assembly, 35V CTV Yoke 124-00233-04 Space Command Transmitter, MBR3447C 192-00916 Lens, IR 206-03755 Instr Book, Operation & Installation A-18299-04 Line Cord A-18695-04 Gnd Strap Ass’y, CRT A-18793 Accessory Kit, Cables and Software, Video

Mirror/Audio A-19110 CRT Assembly w/Deflection Yoke and Bender A-19129 PC Board Ass’y, VGA Card F-53707 Keyboard Ass’y, 10 Key, with Short IR P009-02199 Module, Large Signal P009-02295-03 Module, Small Signal P049-01368-08 Speaker, Oval, 6 X 13 cm P050-02864-06 Connector & Cable, Assembly, Speaker

Interconnect PA-19298-03 PC Board Ass’y, Daughter PA-19410 Convergence Helper PF-54515 Front Jack Ass’y with Cables

SR23 - 923-03509 4-1 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

Model SRD’s Item Description

ABCD 10VGA1 P050-02865-06 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,,

TWISTED;

ABCD 1 A5 050-02823-P11 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY CABLE

ASSY

ABCD 1E11 P078-03571 CONNECTOR; 11 POSITION,

2.5MM; VERY LOW INSERTION

ABCD 1 F6 050-02858 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,,

SHIELDED; 8 CIRCUIT

ABCD 2 C4 050-02840-06 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,

2.5MM, 3 CONTACT

ABCD 2 E6 P078-03571 CONNECTOR; 11 POSITION,

2.5MM; VERY LOW INSERTION

ABCD 2 G4 P050-02865-07 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,,

TWISTED;

ABCD 2 H4 050-02852 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,,

SHIELDED; 2 CIRCUIT

ABCD 2 V4 050-02855-03 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,,

SHIELDED; 5 CIRCUIT

ABCD 4B2/2B4 050-02842-P02A CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,

2.5MM, 5 CONTACT WITH

DRESSING

CD 4D3 050-02839-P07A CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,

2.5MM, 2 CONTACT WITH

DRESSING

CD 4F3 P050-02866 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY

AB 4F3 P050-02866-01 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY

ABCD 4P2/2P4 050-02839-P06A CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,

2.5MM, 2 CONTACT WITH

DRESSING

ABCD 4 Z2 P050-02870-29 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY WITH

GROUND TERMINAL

ABCD 8 A4 050-02854 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,,

SHIELDED; 4 CIRCUIT

ABCD 8 B4 050-02856-02 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,,

SHIELDED; 6 CIRCUIT

ABCD 8VGA2 050-02860-03 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,,

SHIELDED; 10 CIRCUIT

ABCD BR3400 212-00168-04 RECTIFIER NTWK; BRIDGE;

600V/6A

CD BR3400 P126-03764 HEAT SINK; IC, HORIZONTAL

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C0804M0 022-08366-12A CAP; 2,200 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C0805 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C0806 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD C0807 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD C0808 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C0812M0 022-08366-12A CAP; 2,200 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1200M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C1201 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C1202M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C1203M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C1204M0 022-08376-32A CAP; 100,000 PFD +80% & -

ABCD C1205M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C1206M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1207M0 022-08352-19A CAP; 20 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C1208M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1209 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C1210M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1212M 022-08352-23A CAP; 30 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C1214M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C1215 022-08227-09A CAP; 0.068 MFD 5% 50V;

DEFLECTIO;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

20%; CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

POLYESTER

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-2 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C1216M 022-08366-28 CAP; 47,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1217M0 022-08352-22A CAP; 27 PFD 5% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C1218M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1219 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1220M0 022-08352-14A CAP; 12 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1221M0 022-08352-14A CAP; 12 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1222M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1223M0 022-08352-14A CAP; 12 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1224M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1225 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1226M 022-08366-16A CAP; 4,700 PFD 10% 50V; FF

ABCD C1227 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1228 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1230 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1231M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1232M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C1233M0 022-08366-12A CAP; 2,200 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1234M0 022-08366-12A CAP; 2,200 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1239 022-08492-01A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

NONPLZD ELECTROLYTIC

ABCD C1240 022-08312-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1241 022-07914-02A CAP; .47 MFD 20% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C1242 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C1244 022-07914-02A CAP; .47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C1401M0 022-08370-22A CAP; 15,000 PFD 10% 16V;

ABCD C1402M0 022-08366-18A CAP; 6,800 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1403M0 022-08370-22A CAP; 15,000 PFD 10% 16V;

ABCD C1404M0 022-08366-18A CAP; 6,800 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1406M0 022-08370-24A CAP; 22,000 PFD 10% 16V;

ABCD C1408 022-08188-05A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD C1410 022-08188-05A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD C1413 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C1414 022-07669-15A CAP; 10 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1415 022-08312-04A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C1416 022-08188-05A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD C1417 022-08188-05A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD C1418 022-08312-04A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C1419 022-07669-14A CAP; 3.3 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1420 022-08049-13A CAP; 0.012 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1421 022-08257-21A CAP; 5600 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1422 022-08049-20A CAP; 0.047 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1424 022-08257-17A CAP; 2700 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C1425 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C1426 022-08188-05A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

NONPLZD ELECTROLYTIC

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

NONPLZD ELECTROLYTIC

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

POLYESTER

CERAMIC DISC

POLYESTER

CERAMIC DISC

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-3 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

NONPLZD ELECTROLYTIC

ABCD C1427 022-08188-05A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 25V;

NONPLZD ELECTROLYTIC

ABCD C1428 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1430 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1431M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1432 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1433M0 022-08376-32A CAP; 100,000 PFD +80% & -

20%; CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C1436 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1440M 022-08366-16A CAP; 4,700 PFD 10% 50V; FF

ABCD C1442 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1443 022-08312-05A CAP; 2.2 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1444M 022-08366-16A CAP; 4,700 PFD 10% 50V; FF

ABCD C1445 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1446 022-08312-05A CAP; 2.2 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1447 022-08309-14A CAP; 330 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1448 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1449 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C1450 022-08310-17 CAP; 2200 MFD 20% 25V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C 2 022-08368-32 CAP; 100,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2106 022-08067-02A CAP; 0.47 MFD 10% 100V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C2112 022-08247-05A CAP; 5 PFD +&- 0.25 PFD

50V; CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C2200 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C2201 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2202M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2203 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2204 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2205 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2206 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2207M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2208 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2209 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2210 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2211 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2212 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2213 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2214 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2215 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2216 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2217 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2218 022-08312-04A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2223M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2224M0 022-08368-32 CAP; 100,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2225 022-08309-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-4 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2226M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2227M0 022-08368-32 CAP; 100,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2228M0 022-08368-32 CAP; 100,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2229M0 022-08368-32 CAP; 100,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2230M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2232M0 022-08366-12A CAP; 2,200 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2233 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2234 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2235 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2236 022-08048A CAP; 0.0010 MFD 5% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C2240M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2241M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2242M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2243 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2244 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2250 022-08309-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2251M0 022-08376-32A CAP; 100,000 PFD +80% & -

20%; CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2252 022-08309-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2253M0 022-08368-32 CAP; 100,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2254M0 022-08368-32 CAP; 100,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C2260M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2261M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2265 022-08312-04A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2266M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2267 022-08309-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD C2268M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2270M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2271 022-08309-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD C2272M0 022-08352-16A CAP; 15 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C2275M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C2276 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2277M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C2278 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2279 022-08190-01A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2280M0 022-08352-36A CAP; 100 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C2281M 022-08366-16A CAP; 4,700 PFD 10% 50V; FF

ABCD C2282 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2290 022-08312-03A CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2401 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2402 022-08309-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD C2403M0 022-08352-44A CAP; 220 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C2404M0 022-08352-44A CAP; 220 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

NONPLZD ELECTROLYTIC

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-5 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C2405M0 022-08352-31A CAP; 62 PFD 5% 50V; DD

ABCD C2406M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2407 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2408M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2409M0 022-08352-31A CAP; 62 PFD 5% 50V; DD

ABCD C2410M0 022-08352-44A CAP; 220 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2600 022-08312-04A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2601 022-08003-02A CAP; .1 MFD 5% 50V; CERAMIC

CHIP

ABCD C2602 022-08003-02A CAP; .1 MFD 5% 50V; CERAMIC

CHIP

ABCD C2603 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2604 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2605 022-08312-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2607M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2608 022-07774-24 CAP; 0.1 MFD 10% 100V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C2612M0 022-08366-13A CAP; 2,700 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2613 022-07774-24 CAP; 0.1 MFD 10% 100V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C2614 022-08312-05A CAP; 2.2 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2615M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2616M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2618 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2620M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2622 022-08003-02A CAP; .1 MFD 5% 50V; CERAMIC

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C2630 022-08242-34A CAP; 100 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C2900 022-08048-32 CAP; 0.47 MFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C2901 022-08309-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD C2902M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2903 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2904 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2904 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2905 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2905 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2906 022-08241-34A CAP; 100 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C2906 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2907 022-08241-34A CAP; 100 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C2908 022-08229-20 CAP; 0.0068 MFD 3%

ABCD C2908 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2909M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C2911M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C2912 022-08247-22A CAP; 33 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C2912M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C2913 022-08003A CAP; .047 MFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C2913M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C2914 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2915M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

CHIP

CERAMIC DISC

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC DISC

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC DISC

1600VDC; POLYPROPYLENE

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

CERAMIC DISC

CERAMIC CHIP

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-6 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C2916 022-08156-12A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2917 022-08153-18A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V; FF

ABCD C2918 022-08156-12A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2918 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2919M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C2920 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2920 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2921 022-07914-02A CAP; .47 MFD 20% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C2921M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C2922 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C2922 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2923 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2924 022-08003A CAP; .047 MFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C2924M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C2925 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2926 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2927 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2930 022-08003-04A CAP; .010 MFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C2933 022-07774-24 CAP; 0.1 MFD 10% 100V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C2934 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C2935M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C2936M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C2937M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C2947 022-08312-04A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C2952 022-08312-08A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C2953M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CD C3201 022-07811-01A CAP; 0.00047 MFD 10%

ABCD C3208 022-08227-11A CAP; 0.1 MFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C3213 022-07811A CAP; 1000 PFD 10% 1000V;

ABCD C3214 022-08158-12A CAP; 10 MFD 20% 100V; DD

CD C3215 022-07914-02A CAP; .47 MFD 20% 50V;

AB C3215 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C3250 022-08003-04A CAP; .010 MFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C3422 022-08386 CAP; 220 PFD 10% 2000V;

ABCD C3425 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C3432 022-08309-13A CAP; 220 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD C3433 022-07958-24 CAP; 100 PFD 5% 100V;

ABCD C3437 022-08003-04A CAP; .010 MFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C3440 022-07914-04A CAP; 1 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C3441 022-07914-04A CAP; 1 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C3447 022-08386 CAP; 220 PFD 10% 2000V;

ABCD C3452 022-07914-02A CAP; .47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C3453 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD C3455 022-07914-04A CAP; 1 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C3456 022-07914-04A CAP; 1 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C3457 022-07914-04A CAP; 1 MFD 10% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

1000V; CERAMIC DISC

POLYESTER

CERAMIC DISC

CERAMIC CHIP

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-7 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C3458 022-07914-04A CAP; 1 MFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C3459 022-07914-04A CAP; 1 MFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C3460 022-07914-04A CAP; 1 MFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

D C3461 0CE107DK618 CAP,AL.ELECTROLYTI; 100UF

STD 50V M FL TP5;

ABCD C4002 022-08190-01A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

NONPLZD ELECTROLYTIC

ABCD C4003 022-08156-18A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 50V; DD

ABCD C4004 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C4005 022-07786-10C CAP; 470 PFD 10% 500V; FF

ABCD C4100 022-08190-02A CAP; 2.2 MFD 20% 50V;

NONPLZD ELECTROLYTIC

ABCD C4101 022-08048-24A CAP; 0.10 MFD 5% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C4102 022-08048-12A CAP; 0.010 MFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C4103 022-07759-30A CAP; 3300 PFD 2% 50V;

ABC C4104 022-07777-14 CAP; 0.015 MFD 10% 200V;

D C4104 022-07786-21 CAP; 4700 PFD 10% 500V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C4105 022-07777-20B CAP; 0.047 MFD 10% 200V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C4106 022-08188-07A CAP; 33 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD C4107 022-08156-18A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 50V; DD

ABCD C4108 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C4109 022-08156-18A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 50V; DD

ABCD C4110 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C4111 022-08048-15A CAP; 0.018 MFD 5% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C4112 022-07811A CAP; 1000 PFD 10% 1000V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C4117 022-07786-08C CAP; 330 PFD 10% 500V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C4119 022-07786-15C CAP; 1500 PFD 10% 500V;

CERAMIC DISC

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C4121 022-07958-48 CAP; 1000 PFD 5% 100V;

ABCD C4123 022-08241-34A CAP; 100 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C4124 022-08241-34A CAP; 100 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C4125 022-07786-08C CAP; 330 PFD 10% 500V;

CD C4803 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

CD C4804 022-08167-07A CAP; 10,000 PFD 5% 50V;

CD C4805 022-07811-10 CAP; 0.0039MFD 20% 1000V;

CD C4806 022-07958-40 CAP; 470 PFD 5% 100V;

ABCD C4807 022-07523-02 CAP; 0.02 MFD 20% 2000V;

ABCD C4807 205-00613 ADHESIVE; HOT-MELT #7804;

CD C4808 022-07958-48 CAP; 1000 PFD 5% 100V;

CD C4811 022-07958-22 CAP; 82 PFD 5% 100V;

CD C4812 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

CD C4813 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C4814 022-07523-02 CAP; 0.02 MFD 20% 2000V;

ABCD C4814 205-00613 ADHESIVE; HOT-MELT #7804;

CD C4815 022-07914-02A CAP; .47 MFD 20% 50V;

CD C4816 022-07958-24 CAP; 100 PFD 5% 100V;

CD C4820 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

CD C4821 022-07914A CAP; .1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C4824 022-07523-02 CAP; 0.02 MFD 20% 2000V;

CERAMIC CHIP

CERAMIC DISC

CERAMIC CHIP

CERAMIC DISC

CERAMIC CHIP

CERAMIC DISC

FLAME RETARDANT

CERAMIC CHIP

CERAMIC DISC

FLAME RETARDANT

CERAMIC CHIP

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-8 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C4824 205-00613 ADHESIVE; HOT-MELT #7804;

FLAME RETARDANT

ABCD C4825 022-07523-02 CAP; 0.02 MFD 20% 2000V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C4825 205-00613 ADHESIVE; HOT-MELT #7804;

FLAME RETARDANT

ABCD C4946 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C4965 022-07786-01C CAP; 220 PFD 10% 500V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C4966 022-07786-01C CAP; 220 PFD 10% 500V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C4967 022-07786-01C CAP; 220 PFD 10% 500V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C5100 022-08310-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 25V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C5101 022-07523-01B CAP; 0.01 MFD +80 % & -20

% 2; FF

ABCD C5102 022-08049-24A CAP; 0.10 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C5103 022-08317-08 CAP; 10 MFD 20% 250V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C5121M 022-08352-16A CAP; 15 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C5122 022-08312-11A CAP; 47 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C5123M 022-08366-20 CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C5124 022-08049-20A CAP; 0.047 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C5125 022-07877-16 CAP; 0.22 MFD 10% 250V;

ABCD C5126 022-07786-11C CAP; 560 PFD 10% 500V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C5130 022-08242-26A CAP; 47 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD C5131 022-08003-04A CAP; .010 MFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP

ABCD C5132M 022-08366-20 CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C5133M 022-08366-20 CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 50V;

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C5134M 022-08366-20 CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C5141M 022-08352-16A CAP; 15 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C5143M 022-08366-20 CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C5144 022-08049-20A CAP; 0.047 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C5145 022-07877-16 CAP; 0.22 MFD 10% 250V;

ABCD C5146 022-07786-11C CAP; 560 PFD 10% 500V;

ABCD C5161M 022-08352-16A CAP; 15 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C5163M 022-08366-20 CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C5164 022-08049-20A CAP; 0.047 MFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C5165 022-07877-16 CAP; 0.22 MFD 10% 250V;

ABCD C5166 022-07786-11C CAP; 560 PFD 10% 500V;

ABCD C5167 022-07523-01B CAP; 0.01 MFD +80 % & -20

ABCD C5168 022-08317-08 CAP; 10 MFD 20% 250V;

ABCD C5169 022-08310-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD C6001M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C6002M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6003M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C6004M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6005M0 022-08366A CAP; 220 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C6006 022-08312-04A CAP; 1 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C6007M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C6008M0 022-08366A CAP; 220 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

POLYESTER

CERAMIC DISC

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

POLYESTER

CERAMIC DISC

% 2; FF

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-9 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C6009 022-08049-24A CAP; 0.10 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C6010M0 022-08352-19A CAP; 20 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6011M0 022-08352-19A CAP; 20 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6012M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6013 022-08309-13A CAP; 220 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C6014M 022-08352-23A CAP; 30 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6015M 022-08352-23A CAP; 30 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6016 022-08312-05A CAP; 2.2 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C6017 022-07774-24 CAP; 0.1 MFD 10% 100V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C6018M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6019M0 022-08352-38A CAP; 120 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6020 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C6021M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6022M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6023M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6024M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6025M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6026M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6027M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6028M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6029M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C6030M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C6031M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6033M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6034M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6035 022-07914-02A CAP; .47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C6036M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C6037M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C6038M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6039M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6040M0 022-08366A CAP; 220 PFD 10% 50V;

ABCD C6041M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6042M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C6043M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

ABCD C6044 022-08312-07A CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD C6047M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6048M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6049M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6050M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

ABCD C6051M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C6052M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C6053M 022-08366-04A CAP; 470 PFD 10% 50V; DDFF

ABCD C6054M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

CERAMIC CHIP

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-10 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD C6056M 022-08368-20A CAP; 10,000 PFD 10% 25V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6058 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6060M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6061M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6062M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6063M 022-08352-28A CAP; 47 PFD 5% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6068M 022-08366-08A CAP; 1,000 PFD 10% 50V;

CERAMIC CHIP, LDLESS

ABCD C6071 022-08309-15A CAP; 470 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C6072 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C6090 022-08309-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 16V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C6091M0 022-08352-31A CAP; 62 PFD 5% 50V; DD

ABCD C801 022-08049-20A CAP; 0.047 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C802 022-08049-16A CAP; 0.022 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C809 022-08049-20A CAP; 0.047 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C811 022-08049-16A CAP; 0.022 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C813 022-08310-12A CAP; 100 MFD 20% 25V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD C814 022-08049-24A CAP; 0.10 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C817 022-08049-24A CAP; 0.10 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD C818 022-08049-24A CAP; 0.10 MFD 10% 50V;

POLYESTER

ABCD CM6032 022-08366-16A CAP; 4,700 PFD 10% 50V; FF

ABCD CON1 P078-03571 CONNECTOR; 11 POSITION,

2.5MM; VERY LOW INSERTION

ABCD CON2 P078-03571 CONNECTOR; 11 POSITION,

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD CRY6001 224-00074-02A CRYSTAL; QUARTZ; 8 MHZ

ABCD CRY6002 P224-00262A RESONATOR; CERAMIC 27.0

ABCD CX1235 022-08309-16 CAP; 1000 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD CX1243 022-08310-17 CAP; 2200 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD CX1245 022-08153-26 CAP; 2200 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD CX2109 022-08218-06 CAP; 1,000 MFD 20% 25V;

CD CX2110 022-08218-06 CAP; 1,000 MFD 20% 25V;

AB CX2110 P022-08545-12 CAP; 1000UF, 20%, 25V;

ABCD CX2111 022-08221 CAP; 100 MFD 20% 63V;

CD CX2112 022-08221 CAP; 100 MFD 20% 63V;

AB CX2112 P022-08548-05 CAP; 100UF, 20%, 63V;

ABCD CX2606 022-08309-16 CAP; 1000 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD CX2621 022-08309-16 CAP; 1000 MFD 20% 16V;

ABCD CX2911 022-08157-22 CAP; 470 MFD 20% 63V;

ABCD CX2914 022-08320-07 CAP; 4.7 MFD 20% 450V;

ABCD CX2941 022-08310-15 CAP; 470 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD CX2942 022-08310-15 CAP; 470 MFD 20% 25V;

AB CX3200 022-08265-13 CAP; 0.011 MFD 3% 1600VDC;

CD CX3200 022-08265-15 CAP; 0.013 MFD 3% 1600VDC;

D CX3203 022-08231-07 CAP; 0.18 MFD 5% 200V;

ABC CX3203 022-08231-09 CAP; 0.27 MFD 5% 200V;

AB CX3204 022-08231-06 CAP; 0.15 MFD 5% 200V;

2.5MM; VERY LOW INSERTION

MHZ;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTI

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTI

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

POLYPROPYLENE

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-11 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

D CX3204 022-08231-08 CAP; 0.22 MFD 5% 200V;

POLYPROPYLENE

C CX3204 022-08231-09 CAP; 0.27 MFD 5% 200V;

ABD CX3205 022-08231-19 CAP; 1.8 MFD 5% 200V;

POLYPROPYLENE

C CX3205 022-08231-20 CAP; 2.2 MFD 5% 200V;

ABCD CX3216 022-08063-02 CAP; 530 PFD 5% 3000V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD CX3217 022-07811-06 CAP; 10000 PFD 20% 1000V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD CX3400 022-07431-12 CAP; 0.0022 MFD 20% LINE

BYPA; CERAMIC DISC

ABCD CX3401 022-07867-13 CAP; 0.47 MFD 20% 250VAC;

POLYESTER

ABCD CX3403 022-07811A CAP; 1000 PFD 10% 1000V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD CX3404 022-07811A CAP; 1000 PFD 10% 1000V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD CX3405 022-07811A CAP; 1000 PFD 10% 1000V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD CX3406 022-07811A CAP; 1000 PFD 10% 1000V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD CX3407 022-08444-13 CAP; 680 MFD 20% 200V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD CX3408 022-08386-10 CAP; 1500 PFD 10% 2000V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD CX3409 022-07786C CAP; 1000 PFD 10% 500V;

CERAMIC DISC

ABCD CX3410 022-08310-13A CAP; 220 MFD 20% 25V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD CX3411 P022-08547-12 CAP; 1000UF, 20%, 50V;

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTI

CD CX3412 022-08218-06 CAP; 1,000 MFD 20% 25V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

AB CX3412 P022-08545-12 CAP; 1000UF, 20%, 25V;

ALUMINUM ELECTROLYTI

ABCD CX3413 022-08539-01 CAP; 1500 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD CX3414 022-08539-01 CAP; 1500 MFD 20% 50V;

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

ABCD CX3415 022-08154-28 CAP; 4700 MFD 20% 25V;

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD CX3420 022-07431-12 CAP; 0.0022 MFD 20% LINE

ABCD CX3421 022-07431-12 CAP; 0.0022 MFD 20% LINE

ABCD CX3426 022-07759-33A CAP; 1800 PFD 2% 50V;

ABCD CX3428 022-08063-02 CAP; 530 PFD 5% 3000V;

ABCD CX3429 022-07914-02A CAP; .47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD CX3430 022-08154-20A CAP; 220 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD CX3431 022-08310-19 CAP; 4700 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD CX3438 022-08043-03 CAP; 0.022 MFD 10% 630V;

ABCD CX3442 022-08539-01 CAP; 1500 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD CX3444 022-07958-40 CAP; 470 PFD 5% 100V;

ABCD CX3445 022-08317-09 CAP; 22 MFD 20% 250V;

ABCD CX3450 022-08386-04 CAP; 470 PFD 10% 2000V;

ABCD CX3451 022-08218-06 CAP; 1,000 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD CX4115 P022-08541-26 CAP; 6.8 MFD 5% 250VDC;

CD CX4801 022-08190-08 CAP; 47 MFD 20% 50V;

ABCD CX6070 022-08310-16 CAP; 1000 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD CX815 022-07508-12 CAP; 4700 MFD 20% 35V;

ABCD CX816 022-08310-16 CAP; 1000 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD CX819 022-08310-16 CAP; 1000 MFD 20% 25V;

ABCD D1450 103-00344-08A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ABCD D2102 103-00344-06A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

BYPA; CERAMIC DISC

CERAMIC DISC

CERAMIC CHIP

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

POLYESTER

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

CERAMIC CHIP

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

POLYPROPYLENE

NONPLZD ELECTROLYTIC

ELECTROLYTIC, 1 SECT

GENERAL;

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-12 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD D2103 103-00344-06A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

GENERAL;

ABCD D2201 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D2202 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D2203 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D2204 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D2205 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D2206 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D2207 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D2208 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D2209 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D2210 103-00355 DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2901 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2902 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2903 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2904 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2905 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2906 103-00344-06A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

GENERAL;

ABCD D2907 P103-00594-05 DIODE; ULTRA FAST PLASTIC

RECTI; 400V

ABCD D2908 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2909 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2910 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2911 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2920 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D2921 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D3206 103-00344-06A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

GENERAL;

ABCD D3207 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D3208 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD D3404 126-02519-02 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR;

ABCD D3404 P103-00594-05 DIODE; ULTRA FAST PLASTIC

ABCD D3405 126-02519-02 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR;

ABCD D3405 P103-00594-05 DIODE; ULTRA FAST PLASTIC

ABCD D3406 P103-00594-05 DIODE; ULTRA FAST PLASTIC

ABCD D3407 P103-00594-05 DIODE; ULTRA FAST PLASTIC

ABCD D3408 126-02519-02 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR;

ABCD D3408 P103-00594-05 DIODE; ULTRA FAST PLASTIC

ABCD D3416 012-09632 METAL STAMPING; BRACKET;

ABCD D3416 103-00417-06A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D3416 149-00576-01 CORE; FERRITE BEAD;

ABCD D3417 103-00344-08A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ABCD D3418 103-00369-09A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D3420 149-00549 CORE, FERRITE; WITH

ABCD D3421 012-09632 METAL STAMPING; BRACKET;

ABCD D3421 103-00417-06A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D3421 149-00576-01 CORE; FERRITE BEAD;

ABCD D 4 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D4000 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D4001 103-00344-06A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ABCD D4002 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D4100 103-00471A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D4102 103-00360-02 DIODE; FAST RECOVERY

CD D4801 103-00295A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

CD D4802 103-00295A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

CD D4805 103-00295A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

CD D4806 103-00295A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

CD D4807 103-00295A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

COND

RECTI; 400V

DIODE SUPPORT

GENERAL;

CAPTIVATED THRU-LEA;

DIODE SUPPORT

GENERAL;

RECTIFIER;

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-13 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

CD D4808 103-00295A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D4809 103-00561A DIODE; HIGH-VOLTAGE; 8KV/

5MA

ABCD D4810 103-00561A DIODE; HIGH-VOLTAGE; 8KV/

5MA

ABCD D5104 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D5105 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D5106 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D5107 103-00415-02A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D5108 103-00415-02A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D5109 103-00415-02A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE, SILICON

ABCD D5110 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D5111 103-00344-06A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

GENERAL;

ABCD D6001 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D6002 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D6003 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD D6004 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

COND

ABCD DAG1 PA-19197-01 GROUNDING ASSY, WHITE

WHITE; DAG

ABCD DAG2 PA-19197-01 GROUNDING ASSY, WHITE

WHITE; DAG

AB DAG3 PA-19257-01 GROUNDING ASSY, WHITE

WHITE;

CD DAG3 PA-19257-02 GROUNDING ASSY, WHITE

ABCD DL2400 223-00045 INTD CKT PKG; NTSC COMB

FILTER, HYBRID;

ABCD DTP1 050-02847 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY, 10

CONTACT, 2 UP;

ABCD DTP2 050-02840-05 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,

2.5MM, 3 CONTACT

ABCD DTP3 050-02852-01 CONNECTOR/CABLE ASSY,

SHIELDED; 2 CIRCUIT

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD DTP3 058-00586-02 PLUG; MULTIPRONG, NATURAL

ABCD DX3200 103-00590 DIODE; DAMPER;

ABCD DX3401 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

ABCD DX3402 103-00344-08A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ABCD DX3403 103-00344-08A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ABCD DX3409 103-00461A DIODE; ULTRA FAST, HIGH

ABCD DX3411 103-00344-08A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ABCD DX3413 103-00344-06A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ABCD DX3414 103-00344-08A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ABCD DX3415 103-00344-08A DIODE; LOW VOLTAGE

ABCD DX3419 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H;

ABCD DZ2200 103-00279-09A DIODE; ZENER; 4.7V 0.5 W

ABCD DZ2201 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD DZ2202 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD DZ2600 103-00279-10A DIODE; ZENER; 5.1V 0.5W

ABCD DZ2904 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD DZ2905 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD DZ2906 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD DZ2907 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD DZ2908 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD DZ2909 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD DZ3208 103-00336-16A DIODE; ZENER; 8.2V 0.5W 2%

CD DZ4803 103-00279-09A DIODE; ZENER; 4.7V 0.5 W

ABCD E5121 6918VAX002E SPARK GAP,AXIAL; WSP-351M

ABCD E5141 6918VAX002E SPARK GAP,AXIAL; WSP-351M

ABCD E5161 6918VAX002E SPARK GAP,AXIAL; WSP-351M

ABCD E/VGND A-19270-P07 GROUNDING ASSY, WHITE

COLO; 2 POSITION

COND

GENERAL;

COND

GENERAL;

350V 20% AXIAL

WHITE;

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-14 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD EX3400 P038-00108-01 SPARK GAP; HIGH VOLTAGE,

4KV DC;

ABCD FB3400 149-00417 FERRITE CORE; SLEEVE;

ABCD FB3401 149-00417 FERRITE CORE; SLEEVE;

ABCD FB3404 149-00549 CORE, FERRITE; CAPTIVATED

THRU-LEA

ABCD FB3405 149-00549 CORE, FERRITE; CAPTIVATED

THRU-LEA

ABCD FB3406 149-00576-01 CORE; FERRITE BEAD;

ABCD FB3407 149-00549 CORE, FERRITE; CAPTIVATED

THRU-LEA

ABCD FB4100 149-00417 FERRITE CORE; SLEEVE;

ABCD FX3400 136-00114-23C FUSE; NORMAL LAG; 4 AMP

250V

ABCD FX3401 136-00167-12A FUSE; TIME DELAY; 5 AMP

125V

ABCD FX3402 136-00167-11A FUSE; TIME DELAY; 4 AMP

125V

ABCD FX3403 136-00167-11A FUSE; TIME DELAY; 4 AMP

125V

ABCD FX3404 136-00167-11A FUSE; TIME DELAY; 4 AMP

125V

ABCD FX3405 136-00167-03A FUSE; TIME DELAY; 0.500 AMP

125V

ABCD G 2 366-043A WAFER; ASSY,PLUG(1P)

ABCD IC1201 221-00792 INTEGRATED CKT; VIDEO IF

ABCD IC1202 221-00166 INTEGRATED CKT; 5 VOLT,

500MA; LINEAR, REGULATOR

ABCD IC1203 221-00213-04 INTEGRATED CKT; 12 VOLT, 1

AMP; LINEAR, REGULATOR

ABCD IC1204 126-03326-02 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR

ABCD IC1204 221-00213-08 INTEGRATED CKT; 10 VOLT, 1

AMP; LINEAR, REGULATOR

ABCD IC1400 0ISO205400A IC,SONY; CXA2054S 48P,SDIP

BK US

ABCD IC2900 221-00121 INTEGRATED CKT; QUAD

COMPARATOR

ABCD IC2901 221-00240 INTEGRATED CKT; DUAL

WIDEBAND, OPERATION

ABCD IC3201 221-00240 INTEGRATED CKT; DUAL

WIDEBAND, OPERATION

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD IC4100 221-00345-01 INTEGRATED CKT; PULSE

CD IC4801 221-00559 INTEGRATED CKT; HIGH

CD IC4802 221-00559 INTEGRATED CKT; HIGH

ABCD IC5121 126-03390-08 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR

ABCD IC5121 221-01404 INTEGRATED CKT; VIDEO

ABCD IC5141 126-03390-08 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR;

ABCD IC5141 221-01404 INTEGRATED CKT; VIDEO

ABCD IC5161 126-03390-08 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR;

ABCD IC5161 221-01404 INTEGRATED CKT; VIDEO

ABCD IC6000 078-03443 CONNECTOR; 52 POSITION;

ABCD IC6000 221-01391-P07 INTEGRATED CKT; 8-BIT

ABCD IC6001 078-03283 SOCKET, IC; 8 CIRCUIT

ABCD IC6001 221-00745-05 INTEGRATED CKT; 8K BIT

ABCD IC6002 221-01177A INTEGRATED CKT; SYSTEM

ABCD IC6004 221-00166 INTEGRATED CKT; 5 VOLT,

ABCD IC6005 221-00167-01A INTEGRATED CKT; VOLTAGE

ABCD IC801 0ISA428200A IC,SANYO; LA4282 12S

ABCD IC801 114-00803-04 SCREW, THD FORM; 6-20 X

ABCD IC801 126-02174-35 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR

CD ICX2100 126-03755 HEATSINK; IC

AB ICX2100 126-03755-P01 HEATSINK; IC

ABCD ICX2100 221-01088-01 INTEGRATED CKT; VERTICAL

ABCD ICX2200 221-01376 INTEGRATED CKT; MULTICOM-

ABCD ICX2201 221-01377 INTEGRATED CKT; NTSC/PAL

ABCD ICX2600 221-01378 INTEGRATED CKT; MULTISCAN

WIDTH MODULATOR

PERFORMANCE OP-AMP

OUTPUT AMP;

MICROCOMPUTER

SERIAL EEPROM

RESET

500MA; LINEAR, REGULATOR

REGULATOR; 5V 100MA

2CHX10W AUDIO

0.250 TP B TIN

DEFLECTION

PONENT PROCESSOR

CHROMA DECODER

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-15 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

DRIVER

ABCD ICX2900 221-01053 INTEGRATED CKT; A/V SWITCH

ABCD ICX3400 223-00060-01 INTEGRATED CKT; THICK FILM,

HYBRID; VOLTAGE REGULATOR

ABCD ICX3400 P126-03762-01 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR

ABCD ICX3401 223-00048-05 INTD CKT PKG; AMP, HYBRID

ERROR

ABCD ICX3402 162-00028 OPTO-COUPLER

ABCD ICX3406 223-00060-01 INTEGRATED CKT; THICK FILM,

HYBRID; VOLTAGE REGULATOR

ABCD ICX3407 221-00265-03A INTEGRATED CKT; ADJUSTABLE

SHUNT REGULAT;

ABCD ICX3408 162-00028 OPTO-COUPLER

ABCD ICX3409 P126-03748-05 HEAT SINK; IC, HORIZONTAL

DEFLECTION;

ABCD ICX3802 221-00213 INTEGRATED CKT; 5 VOLT, 1

AMP; LINEAR, REGULATOR

ABCD J0001 078-03428-02 CONNECTOR; 15 POSITION, D-

TYPE RIGH

AD J0001 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H

CD J0201 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H

A J1 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H

ABCD J 1 A-19078-P04 JACK ASSY; 9 PHONO/2 Y-C

ACD J1 PA-19270-03 GROUNDING ASSY, WHITE

ABCD J 12 078-03403 CONNECTOR; PHONO WITH

SWITCH

ABCD J 13 078-03402-01 CONNECTOR; PHONO; WHITE

ABCD J 14 078-03402 CONNECTOR; PHONO; RED

ABCD J 15 078-03428-01 CONNECTOR; 15 POSITION, D-

TYPE; PC MOUNTED

ABCD J3403 149-00576-01 CORE; FERRITE BEAD

ABCD J3404 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H

ABCD KX3400 195-00161 RELAY; SPST; 12 VDC COIL

ABCD KX3401 195-00161 RELAY; SPST; 12 VDC COIL

ABCD L1200 020-04493A COIL; RCF, TUNABLE

ABCD L1201 020-04277-42A COIL; 18 MICROHENRY; RCF,

FIXED

ABCD L1202 020-04277-63A COIL; 0.39 MICROHENRY; RCF,

FIXED

ABCD L1205 020-03907-24A COIL; 100 MICROHENRY; RCF,

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD L 1206 020-04493A COIL; RCF, TUNABLE;

ABCD L 1207 020-04277-23A COIL; 12 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 1400 020-03907-24A COIL; 100 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 2200 020-03907-16A COIL; 22 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 2201 0LA0471K139 INDUCTOR,AXIAL LEAD; 4.7UH

ABCD L 2202 020-03907-12A COIL; 10 MICROHENRY; FF

ABCD L 2400 020-04277-20A COIL; 6.8 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 2401 020-04277-39A COIL; 10 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 2402 020-04277-20A COIL; 6.8 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 2403 020-04277-34A COIL; 100 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 2601 020-04462-32A COIL; 470 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 2900 020-03907-16A COIL; 22 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 2900 149-00417 FERRITE CORE; SLEEVE;

ABCD L 3200 020-04279-06 COIL; LINEARITY;

ABCD L 3200 205-00613 ADHESIVE; HOT-MELT #7804;

ABCD L 3400 020-03907-24A COIL; 100 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 3401 020-04405-46 COIL; 47 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 3402 020-04405-46 COIL; 47 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 3403 020-04462-20A COIL; 47 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 3404 020-04462-20A COIL; 47 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 3406 020-04462-20A COIL; 47 MICROHENRY; RCF,

ABCD L 3407 020-04462-16A COIL; 22 MICROHENRY; RCF,

FIXED

K 4*10.5 TP

FIXED

FLAME RETARDANT

FIXED

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-16 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD L4100 020-04547 COIL; CHOKE, SCAN BOOST;

ABCD L5103 020-04277-22A COIL; 10 MICROHENRY; RCF,

FIXED

ABCD L5121 0LA0681K139 INDUCTOR,AXIAL LEAD; 6.8UH

K 4*10.5 TP

ABCD L5141 0LA0681K139 INDUCTOR,AXIAL LEAD; 6.8UH

K 4*10.5 TP

ABCD L5161 0LA0681K139 INDUCTOR,AXIAL LEAD; 6.8UH

K 4*10.5 TP

ABCD L6001 0LA0471K119 INDUCTOR,AXIAL LEAD; 4.7UH

K 2.3*3.4 TP

ABCD L6003 0LA0101K119 INDUCTOR,AXIAL LEAD; 1.0UH

K 2.3*3.4 TP

ABCD L6004 0LA0101K119 INDUCTOR,AXIAL LEAD; 1.0UH

K 2.3*3.4 TP

ABCD L6005 0LA0101K119 INDUCTOR,AXIAL LEAD; 1.0UH

K 2.3*3.4 TP

ABCD L6007 0LA0471K119 INDUCTOR,AXIAL LEAD; 4.7UH

K 2.3*3.4 TP

ABCD LX3400 095-04369 TRANSFORMER; LINE CHOKE,

COMMON MODE;

ABCD LX3405 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H;

ABCD MPI 078-03481-01 JACK; MODULAR SIDE ENTRY; 6

POSITION

ABC NVGND0 086-00737 TERMINAL; MALE; BOARD

MOUNTED

ABCD P 1 A-19270 GROUNDING ASSY, WHITE

WHITE;

ABD PCB 204-03389-P06 PCB; DAUGHTER BOARD; CS

D PCB0 PA-19298-03 PCB ASSY; DAUGHTER;

D PCB0 PF-54387 PCB ASSY; LARGE SIGNAL

MODULE

D PCB0 PF-54391 PCB ASSY; DAUGHTER

ABCD PTD1 P058-00671-10 PLUG; 2.5MM 0.025 SQUARE

VERTI; HEADER ASSY

ABCD PTD2 P058-00671-03 PLUG; 2.5MM 0.025 SQUARE

VERTI; HEADER ASSY

ABCD PTD3 058-00586-02 PLUG; MULTIPRONG, NATURAL

COLO; 2 POSITION

ABCD Q0800 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q1202 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD Q1203 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q1204 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q1205 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q1401 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q1402 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q1403 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q1404 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q1405 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2200 121-01261A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2201 121-01261A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2202 121-01261A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2203 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q2214 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q2400 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q2401 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2402 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2601 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2602 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2900 121-01314A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2901 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2902 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q2902 121-01314A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2903 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q2903 121-01315A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q2904 121-01218 TRANSISTOR; MOSFET, N-

ABCD Q2905 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2906 121-01207-01 TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q2906 P126-03765 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR;

ABCD Q2907 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2914 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2915 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q2916 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

BD Q3200 140-00505-03 TAPE; THERMAL CONDUCTIVE/

ABCD Q3201 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q3202 121-01218 TRANSISTOR; MOSFET, N-

CHANNEL;

POWER, 5A

ELEC.; SELF ADHESIVE

CHANNEL;

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-17 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD Q3202 126-03754-P02 HEAT SINK; TRANSISTOR;

ABCD Q3400 121-01340A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q3401 121-01340A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q4000 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q4001 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q4002 121-01314A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q4003 121-01315A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

ABCD Q4004 121-01190 TRANSISTOR; FIELD EFFECT, N

CHANNEL; MOSFET

ABCD Q4100 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q4101 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q4102 121-01314A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

ABCD Q4103 121-01231 TRANSISTOR; MOSFET, N-

CHANNEL

ABCD Q4103 126-03754-01 HEAT SINK; TRANSISTOR;

CD Q4801 0TR320709AA TRANSISTOR;

KTC3207,TP(KTC2482),KEC

CD Q4802 121-01102A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

CD Q4803 121-01339 TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

1200V/100MA

CD Q4803 126-03390-01 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR;

CD Q4804 121-01339 TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

1200V/100MA

CD Q4804 126-03390-01 HEATSINK; TRANSISTOR;

CD Q4805 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON

CD Q4806 121-01227A TRANSISTOR; MOSFET, N

CHANNEL

ABCD Q4903 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON

ABCD Q4904 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON

ABCD Q4905 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON

ABCD Q4906 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON

ABCD Q5101 121-01311A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON

ABCD Q5102 121-01355A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON;

300V/500MA

ABCD Q5121 121-01356A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

300V/500MA

ABCD Q5141 121-01356A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

300V/500MA

ABCD Q5161 121-01356A TRANSISTOR; PNP, SILICON;

300V/500MA

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD Q6001 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON

ABCD Q6002 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON

ABCD Q6003 121-01310A TRANSISTOR; NPN, SILICON

BD QX3200 054-00354 NUT, MACHINE; 4-

BD QX3200 112-01690-01 SCREW, MACHINE; 4-40 X

BD QX3200 140-00505 TAPE; THERMAL CONDUCTIVE/

ABCD QX3200 P121-01393 TRANSISTOR; NPN; HORIZON-

ABCD R0800M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

ABCD R0801M 063-11059-60A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3K

ABCD R0802M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R0803M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

ABCD R0804M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R0805M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R0806M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

ABCD R0807M 063-11059-60A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3K

ABCD R0808M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R0811M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R0812M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R0832M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R1201M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R1202M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R1203M0 063-11059-43A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 560

40X0.250AFX0.093THK ZN

0.437 CD; FF

ELEC.

TAL OUTPUT

OHM 5% 1/10W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-18 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R1204M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1205M0 063-11059-67A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 5.6K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1206M0 063-11059-55A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1.8K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1207 063-11007-34 CONTROL; ROTARY, TRIMMER;

ABCD R1208M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1209M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ACD R1211 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H;

ABCD R1212M0 063-11059-71A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 8.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1214M0 063-11059-76A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 13K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1215M0 063-11059-85A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 33K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1216M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1217M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1218M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1219M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1220M 063-11059-17A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 47

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1222M 063-11059-60A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1223 063-11007-34 CONTROL; ROTARY, TRIMMER;

ABCD R1224M0 063-11059-47A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 820

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1226M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1227M 063-11059-60A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1228M 063-11059-77A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R1229M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1230M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R1231M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R1232M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

ABCD R1233M0 063-11059-95A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R1234M0 063-11059A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 0 OHM

ABCD R1235M0 063-11059-37A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 330

ABCD R1236M0 063-11059-63A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3.9K

ABCD R1237M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R1238M0 063-11059-93A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 68K

ABCD R1239M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R1240M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

ABCD R1241M0 063-11059-75A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 12K

ABCD R1244 063-10840-08B RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2 OHM 5%

ABCD R1270M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

ABCD R1289M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

ABCD R1401M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R1402M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R1404M0 063-11244-76A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 61.9K

ABCD R1405M0 063-11059-63A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3.9K

ABCD R1406M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

ABCD R1407M 063-11059-60A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3K

ABCD R1408M0 063-11059-61A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3.3K

OHM 5% 1/10W

5% 1/10W

OHM 5% 1/10W

OHM 1% 1/10W

OHM 5% 1/10W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-19 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1409M 063-11060-21A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1 MEG

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1423 063-10235-80 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R1424 063-10235-80 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R1425M 063-11060-21A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1 MEG

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1440M0 063-11059-81A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 22K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1441M 063-11059-53A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1.5K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1442M0 063-11059-46A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 750

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1443M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1444M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1445M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1446M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1447M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1448M0 063-11059-81A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 22K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1449M 063-11059-53A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1.5K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1450M0 063-11059-46A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 750

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1451M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1452M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1453M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1454M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R1455M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R1456M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R1457M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

ABCD R1458M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

ABCD R1459M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

ABCD R2106 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

D R2107 063-10938-11 RESISTOR; FILM; 12.7K OHM

C R2107 063-10938-18 RESISTOR; FILM; 15K OHM 1%

AB R2107 063-10938-23 RESISTOR; FILM; 16.5K OHM

ABCD R2108 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

D R2109 063-10938-11 RESISTOR; FILM; 12.7K OHM

C R2109 063-10938-18 RESISTOR; FILM; 15K OHM 1%

AB R2109 063-10938-23 RESISTOR; FILM; 16.5K OHM

ABCD R2110 063-10236-28 RESISTOR; FILM; 220K OHM

ABCD R2112 063-10235-56 RESISTOR; FILM; 220 OHM 5%

ABCD R2113 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

AB R2114 063-11168-16B RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7 OHM 5%

C R2114 301-99282 WIRE; STRANDED, SINGLE

D R2114 F-54164 RESISTOR ASSY; WITH

AB R2131 063-11168-16B RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7 OHM 5%

C R2131 301-99282 WIRE; STRANDED, SINGLE

D R2131 F-54164 RESISTOR ASSY; WITH

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

1% 1/4W

1/4W

1% 1/4W

1/4W

1% 1/4W

1/4W

1% 1/4W

5% 1/4W

1/4W

CONDUCT; 22 GA WHITE

SLEEVING;

CONDUCT; 22 GA WHITE

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-20 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

SLEEVING;

ABCD R2200M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2201M0 063-11059-89A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 47K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2202M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2203M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2204M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2205M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2206M 063-11059-56A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2207M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2208M0 063-11059-09A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R2209 063-10235-56 RESISTOR; FILM; 220 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2210M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2211M0 063-11059-09A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R2212 063-10235-56 RESISTOR; FILM; 220 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2213M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2214M0 063-11059-09A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R2215 063-10235-56 RESISTOR; FILM; 220 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2217M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2218M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2220M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2221M0 063-11060-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3.3M

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2222M 063-11059-53A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1.5K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2223 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R2224M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2225M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2226M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2227M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2228M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2229M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2233M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R2235M0 063-11059-81A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 22K

ABCD R2236M 063-11059-45A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 680

ABCD R2237M 063-11059-60A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3K

ABCD R2238M 063-11059-45A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 680

ABCD R2239M 063-11059-60A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3K

ABCD R2240M 063-11059-29A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 150

ABCD R2241M 063-11059-60A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3K

ABCD R2242M 063-11059-29A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 150

ABCD R2243M 063-11059-29A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 150

ABCD R2245M0 063-11059-37A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 330

ABCD R2246M0 063-11059-71A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 8.2K

ABCD R2247M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2248M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-21 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R2249M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2250M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2251M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2252M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2253M 063-11059-53A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1.5K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2256M 063-11059-77A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R2257M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2258M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2259M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2260M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2261M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2262M0 063-11059-61A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3.3K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2263M0 063-11060-09A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 330K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2264M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2265M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2266M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2267M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2268M 063-11059-29A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 150

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2269M 063-11059-29A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 150

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2270M 063-11059-29A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 150

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2271M 063-11059-45A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 680

OHM 5% 1/10W

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R2272 063-10235-35 RESISTOR; FILM; 30 OHM 5%

ABCD R2273 063-10235-35 RESISTOR; FILM; 30 OHM 5%

ABCD R2274 063-10235-35 RESISTOR; FILM; 30 OHM 5%

ABCD R2275 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

ABCD R2276 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

ABCD R2277M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R2278M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R2279M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R2280M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R2281M0 063-11059-27A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 120

ABCD R2282M0 063-11059-27A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 120

ABCD R2283M0 063-11059-27A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 120

ABCD R2284M0 063-11059-12A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 30

ABCD R2285M0 063-11059-12A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 30

ABCD R2286M0 063-11059-12A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 30

ABCD R2287M0 063-11059-27A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 120

ABCD R2288M0 063-11059-27A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 120

ABCD R2289M0 063-11059-27A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 120

ABCD R2401M0 063-11059A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 0 OHM

ABCD R2402M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R2403M0 063-11059-81A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 22K

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

5% 1/10W

OHM 5% 1/10W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-22 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2404M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2405M 063-11059-17A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 47

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2406M0 063-11059-01A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2407M 063-11059-29A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 150

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2409M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2410M0 063-11059A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 0 OHM

5% 1/10W

ABCD R2411M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2412M 063-11059-29A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 150

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2413M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2414M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2415M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2602M0 063-11059-85A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 33K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2604M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2606M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2607M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2614M0 063-11059-81A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 22K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2615M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2616M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2617M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2618M0 063-11059-79A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 18K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2619M0 063-11060-15A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 560K

ABCD R2621M0 063-11059-59A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.7K

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R2623M0 063-11060-22A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1 OHM

ABCD R2624M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R2625M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2627M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R2631M 063-11059-60A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3K

ABCD R2632M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R2633M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R2634M0 063-11059-86A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 36K

ABCD R2635M0 063-11059-87A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 39K

ABCD R2637M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2639M0 063-11059-58A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.4K

ABCD R2640M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2650M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2651M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2660M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

ABCD R2662M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

ABCD R2904 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

ABCD R2905 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

ABCD R2905M 063-11059-17A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 47

ABCD R2907M 063-11059-17A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 47

OHM 5% 1/10W

5% 1/10W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-23 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R2908M 063-11059-17A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 47

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2910M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2911M 063-11059-17A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 47

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2912 063-10236-44 RESISTOR; FILM; 1M OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2913 063-10236-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 1/4W

ABCD R2913M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2914 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2914 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2915 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2915M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2916 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2917 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2917M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2918 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2918 063-10236-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 1/4W

ABCD R2919 063-10236-08 RESISTOR; FILM; 33K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2919M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2920 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2920 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2921 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2921 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R2922 063-10235-82 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.7K OHM 5%

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R2922 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

ABCD R2923 063-10235-82 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.7K OHM 5%

ABCD R2923M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

ABCD R2924 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

ABCD R2924 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R2924 063-10236-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

ABCD R2925 063-10236-12 RESISTOR; FILM; 47K OHM 5%

ABCD R2925M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

ABCD R2926 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

ABCD R2927M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

ABCD R2930 063-11088-40 RESISTOR; FILM; 680K OHM

ABCD R2932 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R2933 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R2934 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R2935 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R2936 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

ABCD R2936M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R2937 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

ABCD R2937M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

ABCD R2938 063-10235-82 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

5% 1/4W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

5% 1/2W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-24 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R2938M0 063-11059-51A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2939 063-10235-98 RESISTOR; FILM; 12K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2940 063-10235-94 RESISTOR; FILM; 8.2K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2941 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2942 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2943 063-10236-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 1/4W

ABCD R2943M R2946M 063-11059-41ARESISTOR;

THICK FILM; 470 OHM 5% 1/

10W

ABCD R2944 063-10235-58 RESISTOR; FILM; 270 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2944 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2945 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2945M 063-11059-22A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 75

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2947 063-10235-58 RESISTOR; FILM; 270 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2948M 063-11059-22A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 75

OHM 5% 1/10W

CD R2950 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

AB R2950 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2951 063-10235-56 RESISTOR; FILM; 220 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2952 063-10854-06 CONTROL; ROTARY, TRIMMER;

ABCD R2953 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2953M 063-11059-22A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 75

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R2954 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R2955 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R2955M 063-11059-22A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 75

ABCD R2956 063-10236-68 RESISTOR; FILM; 10M OHM 5%

ABCD R2957M 063-11059-22A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 75

ABCD R2959M 063-11059-22A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 75

ABCD R2960 063-10235-78 RESISTOR; FILM; 1.8K OHM 5%

ABCD R2961 063-10235-94 RESISTOR; FILM; 8.2K OHM 5%

ABCD R2962 063-10236 RESISTOR; FILM; 15K OHM 5%

ABCD R2963 063-10235-64 RESISTOR; FILM; 470 OHM 5%

ABCD R2964 063-10235-64 RESISTOR; FILM; 470 OHM 5%

ABCD R2965 063-10236-10 RESISTOR; FILM; 39K OHM 5%

ABCD R2966M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

ABCD R2969M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

ABCD R2972M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

ABCD R2973M 063-11059-22A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 75

ABCD R2974M 063-11059-17A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 47

ABCD R2975M 063-11059-22A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 75

ABCD R2976M 063-11059-17A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 47

ABCD R2977M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R2978M0 063-11059-75A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 12K

ABCD R3200 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-25 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R3201 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R3202 063-10235-82 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R3203 063-11088-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 1/2W

CD R3204 063-10243-54 RESISTOR; FILM; 180 OHM 5%

1/2W

C R3208 063-10235-98 RESISTOR; FILM; 12K OHM 5%

1/4W

D R3208 063-10236-09 RESISTOR; FILM; 36K OHM 5%

1/4W

D R3209 063-10235-84 RESISTOR; FILM; 3.3K OHM 5%

1/4 W

ABC R3209 063-11087-85 RESISTOR; FILM;

ABCD R3210 063-11087-62 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R3212 063-11087-72 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R3213 063-10236-23 RESISTOR; FILM; 130K OHM

5% 1/4W

ABCD R3220 063-11088-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 1/2W

ABCD R3221 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R3222 063-10938-64 RESISTOR; FILM; 37.4K OHM

1% 1/4 W

ABCD R3415 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R3416 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R3454 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R 4 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R 4 063-11059-81A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 22K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R4000 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4001 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4002 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R4003 063-10235-56 RESISTOR; FILM; 220 OHM 5%

ABCD R4004 063-11087-64 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R4005 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R4008 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

ABCD R4009 063-10235-79 RESISTOR; FILM; 2K OHM 5%

ABCD R4011 063-11087-72 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R4013 063-11087-38 RESISTOR; FILM; 39 OHM 5%

ABCD R4014 063-11087-38 RESISTOR; FILM; 39 OHM 5%

ABCD R4015 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R4100 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R4101 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

D R4102 063-10235-93 RESISTOR; FILM; 7.5K OHM 5%

ABC R4102 063-10235-94 RESISTOR; FILM; 8.2K OHM 5%

ABCD R4103 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R4104 063-10940-75 RESISTOR; FILM; 464K OHM

ABCD R4105 063-10236-36 RESISTOR; FILM; 470K OHM

ABCD R4106 063-10236-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

ABCD R4108 063-10938-64 RESISTOR; FILM; 37.4K OHM

ABCD R4109 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD R4110 063-10236-15 RESISTOR; FILM; 62K OHM 5%

ABC R4111 063-10236-12 RESISTOR; FILM; 47K OHM 5%

D R4111 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H;

1/4W

1/2W

1/4W

1% 1/4W

5% 1/4W

1% 1/4 W

1/4W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-26 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R4112 063-10236-44 RESISTOR; FILM; 1M OHM 5%

1/4W

ABD R4113 063-10235-98 RESISTOR; FILM; 12K OHM 5%

1/4W

C R4113 063-10235-99 RESISTOR; FILM; 13K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4114 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4115 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4116 063-10236-44 RESISTOR; FILM; 1M OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4117 063-10236-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 1/4W

ABCD R4118 063-10235-82 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4119 063-10235-64 RESISTOR; FILM; 470 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4120 063-10936-83 RESISTOR; FILM; 5.36K OHM

1% 1/4W

ABCD R4122 063-10235-40 RESISTOR; FILM; 47 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4124 063-11087-60 RESISTOR; FILM; 330 OHM 5%

1/2W

ABCD R4125 063-10235-58 RESISTOR; FILM; 270 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4130 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

1/4W

AB R4131 063-10236-39 RESISTOR; FILM; 620K OHM

5% 1/4W

CD R4131 063-10236-41 RESISTOR; FILM; 750K OHM

5% 1/4W

ABCD R4131 063-10559-10 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.7 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4132 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4133 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4134 063-10236-04 RESISTOR; FILM; 22K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4135 063-10236-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R4136 063-10236-04 RESISTOR; FILM; 22K OHM 5%

ABCD R4137 063-10236-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

CD R4801 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

CD R4802 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

CD R4803 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

CD R4804 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

CD R4805 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

CD R4806 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

CD R4809 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

CD R4810 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

CD R4813 063-10235-86 RESISTOR; FILM; 3.9K OHM 5%

CD R4814 063-11087-74 RESISTOR; FILM; 1.2K OHM 5%

CD R4821 063-10236-04 RESISTOR; FILM; 22K OHM 5%

CD R4824 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

CD R4825 063-10236-32 RESISTOR; FILM; 330K OHM

CD R4826 063-11007-34 CONTROL; ROTARY, TRIMMER;

CD R4828 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

CD R4830 063-10235-64 RESISTOR; FILM; 470 OHM 5%

CD R4831 063-11007-03 CONTROL; ROTARY, TRIMMER;

CD R4832 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

CD R4833 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

5% 1/4W

1/4W

5% 1/4W

1/4W

1/2W

1/4W

5% 1/4W

1/4W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-27 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

1/4W

CD R4834 063-10235-80 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

1/4W

CD R4835 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

CD R4836 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4982 063-10236-36 RESISTOR; FILM; 470K OHM

5% 1/4W

ABCD R4983 063-10236-44 RESISTOR; FILM; 1M OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4984 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4985M 063-11059-41A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 470

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R4986M0 063-11059-81A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 22K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R4987 063-10235-84 RESISTOR; FILM; 3.3K OHM 5%

1/4 W

ABCD R4989M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R4990 063-10235-88 RESISTOR; FILM; 4.7K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4992 063-10235-56 RESISTOR; FILM; 220 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4993 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4995M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R4996 063-10235-64 RESISTOR; FILM; 470 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R4997 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

1/4W

C R5100 063-11272 RESISTOR; HIGH VOLTAGE; FF

ABCD R5101 063-10235-92 RESISTOR; FILM; 6.8K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R5102 063-10235-81 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.4K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R5103 063-10243-72 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R5121 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

1/4W

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R5122M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R5123M 063-11059-47A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 820

ABCD R5125 063-11165-06B RESISTOR; FILM; 27K OHM 5%

ABCD R5126 063-11156-40B RESISTOR; FILM; 47 OHM 5%

ABCD R5127 063-10243-72 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R5128 063-11087-64 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R5130 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

ABCD R5131 063-10235-80 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

ABCD R5132 063-10235-65 RESISTOR; FILM; 510 OHM 5%

ABCD R5141 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

ABCD R5142M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R5143M 063-11059-47A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 820

ABCD R5145 063-11165-06B RESISTOR; FILM; 27K OHM 5%

ABCD R5146 063-11156-40B RESISTOR; FILM; 47 OHM 5%

ABCD R5147 063-10243-72 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R5148 063-11087-64 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R5161 063-10235-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

ABCD R5162M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R5163M 063-11059-47A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 820

ABCD R5165 063-11165-06B RESISTOR; FILM; 27K OHM 5%

ABCD R5166 063-11156-40B RESISTOR; FILM; 47 OHM 5%

ABCD R5167 063-10243-72 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R5168 063-11087-64 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R5169 063-10235-40 RESISTOR; FILM; 47 OHM 5%

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-28 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

1/4W

ABCD R5170 063-10235-40 RESISTOR; FILM; 47 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R5171 063-10235-40 RESISTOR; FILM; 47 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R5172 063-10243-72 RESISTOR; FILM; FF

ABCD R5173 063-10236-36 RESISTOR; FILM; 470K OHM

5% 1/4W

ABCD R5174 063-11088-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 1/2W

ABCD R5175 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD R5176M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R5177M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6000M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6001M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6002M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6003M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6004M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6005M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6006M0 063-11059-31A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 180

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6007M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6008M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6009M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6012M0 063-11059-87A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 39K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6013M 063-11059-57A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 2.2K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6015M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R6016M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R6018M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R6021M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

ABCD R6022M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R6023M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

ABCD R6024M0 063-11059-31A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 180

ABCD R6025M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R6026M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R6027 063-10235-80 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

ACD R6030 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H;

ABCD R6031M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R6032M 063-11059-77A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R6033M0 063-11059A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 0 OHM

ABCD R6034M 063-11060-21A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1 MEG

ABCD R6035M 063-11060-21A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1 MEG

ABCD R6036M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

ABCD R6037M0 063-11059-83A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 27K

ABCD R6039M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

ABCD R6040M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

ABCD R6041M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

ABCD R6042M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

5% 1/10W

OHM 5% 1/10W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-29 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R6043M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6044M 063-11059-33A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 220

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6045M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6046M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6047M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6048M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6049M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6050M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6055M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6061M0 063-11060-13A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R6069M0 063-11060-13A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R6070M0 063-11060-13A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; FF

ABCD R6072M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6073M0 063-11059-61A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 3.3K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6074M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6075M0 063-11059-69A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 6.8K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6076M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6077M 063-11059-97A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6078M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6080M 063-11060-21A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1 MEG

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6081M 063-11059-49A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 1K

OHM 5% 1/10W

ABCD R6088M 063-11059-65A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 4.7K

OHM 5% 1/10W

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD R6090 063-10235-56 RESISTOR; FILM; 220 OHM 5%

ABCD R6091M 063-11059-73A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 10K

ABCD R6098M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R6099M 063-11059-25A RESISTOR; THICK FILM; 100

ABCD R809 063-10235-08 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2 OHM 5%

ABCD R810 063-10235-08 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2 OHM 5%

ABCD RGB0001 058-00661 PLUG; MULTI-PRONG, RIGHT

ABC RX2102 063-11087-61 RESISTOR; FILM;

D RX2102 063-11087-67 RESISTOR; FILM; 620 OHM 5%

ABCD RX2103 063-11156-11B RESISTOR; FILM; 3 OHM 5%

ABCD RX2104 063-11156-11B RESISTOR; FILM; 3 OHM 5%

ABCD RX2105 063-11087-08 RESISTOR; FILM;

ABC RX2120 063-11087-61 RESISTOR; FILM;

D RX2120 063-11087-67 RESISTOR; FILM; 620 OHM 5%

ABCD RX2121 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H;

ABCD RX2122 971-0016 WIRE,JUMP; TIN HDC 0.60H;

ABCD RX2900 063-10235-96 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

ABCD RX2902 063-10235-80 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

ABCD RX2903 063-10559-24 RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

ABCD RX2910 063-10559-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

ABCD RX2926 063-10559-24 RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

ABCD RX2928 063-10559-24 RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

ABCD RX2929 063-11156-80B RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

1/4W

OHM 5% 1/10W

1/4W

ANGLE; 11 POSITION,

NATURAL

1/2W

1/4W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-30 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

AB RX3208 063-10559 RESISTOR; FILM; 1 OHM 5% 1/

CD RX3208 063-10559-24 RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD RX3213 063-10559-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

1/4W

AB RX3214 063-10940-09 RESISTOR; FILM; 121K OHM

1% 1/4W

CD RX3214 063-10940-12 RESISTOR; FILM; 130K OHM

1% 1/4W

ABC RX3215 063-10236-56 RESISTOR; FILM; 3.3M OHM

5% 1/4W

ABCD RX3216 063-10938 RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 1%

1/4W

ABCD RX3400 063-11182 RESISTOR; CARBON COMPOSI-

TION; 5.6M OHM 20% 1/2W

ABCD RX3401 063-10930-04 RESISTOR; THERMISTOR;

ABCD RX3402 063-11157-16B RESISTOR; FILM; 68K OHM 5%

ABCD RX3403 063-11235-P11 RESISTOR; FILM; 0.068 OHM

10% 3W

ABCD RX3404 063-10235-84 RESISTOR; FILM; 3.3K OHM 5%

1/4 W

ABCD RX3405 063-10235-68 RESISTOR; FILM; 680 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD RX3406 063-10235-74 RESISTOR; FILM; 1.2K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD RX3407 063-10235-24 RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

1/4W

CD RX3408 063-10936-08 RESISTOR; FILM; 1.2 K OHM

1% 1/4W

AB RX3408 063-10936-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 1.58K OHM

1% 1/4W

ABCD RX3409 063-10235-78 RESISTOR; FILM; 1.8K OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD RX3411 063-11160-68B RESISTOR; FILM; 680 OHM 5%

ABCD RX3413 063-10244-36 RESISTOR; FILM; 470K OHM

5% 1/2W

ABCD RX3418 063-10559 RESISTOR; FILM; 1 OHM 5% 1/

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD RX3424 063-11168-92B RESISTOR; FILM; 6.8K OHM 5%

ABCD RX3427 063-10235-42 RESISTOR; FILM; 56 OHM 5%

AB RX3431 063-10710A RESISTOR; THERMISTOR;

CD RX3431 063-11119 RESISTOR; THERMISTOR;

ABCD RX3433 063-10236-36 RESISTOR; FILM; 470K OHM

ABCD RX3436 136-00167-11A FUSE; TIME DELAY; 4 AMP

ABCD RX3437 063-10244-36 RESISTOR; FILM; 470K OHM

ABCD RX3438 063-10235-84 RESISTOR; FILM; 3.3K OHM 5%

ABCD RX3439 063-11105-02 RESISTOR; FUSING; 0.1 OHM

ABCD RX3440 063-11157-16B RESISTOR; FILM; 68K OHM 5%

ABCD RX3441 063-11156B RESISTOR; FILM; 1 OHM 5%

ABCD RX3442 063-10235-68 RESISTOR; FILM; 680 OHM 5%

ABCD RX3443 063-10235-80 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

ABCD RX3444 063-10235-24 RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

ABCD RX3445 063-10235-64 RESISTOR; FILM; 470 OHM 5%

ABCD RX3446 063-10235-72 RESISTOR; FILM; 1K OHM 5%

ABCD RX3447 063-10936-38 RESISTOR; FILM; 2.26K OHM

ABCD RX3448 063-10936-01 RESISTOR; FILM; 1.02K OHM

ABCD RX3450 063-11161-20B RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

ABCD RX3451 063-11214 RESISTOR; FILM; 0.1 OHM 5%

ABCD RX3452 063-10944 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 1%

1/4W

DEGAUSSER

5% 1/4W

125V

5% 1/2W

1/4 W

5% 1/4W

1/4W

1% 1/4W

5% 2W

1/2W

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-31 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

1/2W

ABCD RX3453 063-10932-37 RESISTOR; FILM; 22.1 OHM 1%

1/4W

ABCD RX4006 063-10559-24 RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD RX4007 063-10559-24 RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD RX4010 063-10565 RESISTOR; FILM; 1 OHM 5% 1/

ABCD RX4012 063-11197-26 RESISTOR; WIREWOUND; 1.2

OHM 5% 5W

ABCD RX4121 063-10559-24 RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD RX4123 063-10235-26 RESISTOR; FILM; 12 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD RX4126 063-10559-44 RESISTOR; FILM; 68 OHM 5%

1/4W

ABCD RX4127 063-10840-64B RESISTOR; FILM; 470 OHM 5%

AB RX4128 063-10450-13 RESISTOR; WIREWOUND; 5.1K

OHM 5% 7W

CD RX4128 063-10840-96B RESISTOR; FILM; 10K OHM 5%

CD RX4807 063-10841-20 RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 3W

AB RX4807 063-11165-20B RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 3W

AB RX4808 063-11165-20B RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 3W

CD RX4811 063-11161-20B RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 2W

CD RX4812 063-11161-20B RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

5% 2W

D RX4817 020-04462-20A COIL; 47 MICROHENRY; RCF,

FIXED

C RX4817 063-10559-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

1/4W

D RX4818 020-04462-20A COIL; 47 MICROHENRY; RCF,

FIXED

C RX4818 063-10559-48 RESISTOR; FILM; 100 OHM 5%

1/4W

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

C RX4820 063-11156-80B RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

D RX4820 063-11164-80B RESISTOR; FILM; 2.2K OHM 5%

ABCD RX4827 063-11156-24B RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

ABCD RX4840 063-11156-24B RESISTOR; FILM; 10 OHM 5%

AB RX4841 063-11165-20B RESISTOR; FILM; 100K OHM

ABCD SETUP0000 058-00479-02ACONNECTOR;

ABCD S W1 085-01691 SWITCH; PUSH-BUTTON, NON

D T3201 P095-04646-01 TRANSFORMER; HORIZONTAL

ABC T3201 P095-04646A TRANSFORMER; HORIZONTAL

ABCD T 4000 095-04474 TRANSFORMER; HORIZONTAL

ABCD TX2900 P095-04645 TRANSFORMER; HIGH VOLTAGE

ABCD TX3400 095-04579 TRANSFORMER; CHOPPER;

ABCD TX3401 095-04589 TRANSFORMER; STANDBY

ABCD U1201 224-00148 SAW FILTER; DUAL CHANNEL;

ABCD U1202 224-00202A FILTER; CERAMIC, 4.5 MHZ;

ABCD U1203 224-00023A CERAMIC FILTER; 4.5 MHZ

ABCD U1204 224-00139-01A FILTER; 4.5 MHZ CERAMIC

C W43 063-10243-38 RESISTOR; FILM; 39 OHM 5%

ABD W43 063-10243-40 RESISTOR; FILM;

ABCD WT1210 175-02770 TUNER; VARACTOR, 181

ABCD X2200 224-00178 RESONATOR; CERAMIC, 503

ABCD X2201 224-00027-01A CRYSTAL; QUARTZ; 3.58 MHZ

5% 3W

2 PIN; DOUBLE ROW

LOCKING; SPST

SWEEP, DUAL D; 36V MMI

(6174Z-6035B

SWEEP; 32V MMI (6174Z-

6035A

DRIVER;

BOOST;

CHOPPER;

TRAP;

BANDPASS;

1/2W

CHANNEL, S; WORLD STANDARD

KHZ;

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-32 CS - PARTS

COMPONENT PARTS LIST

A = H27E46DT C = H32E46DT B = H27E46DT8 D = H36E46DT

NOTE: This list will enable you to easily determine the parts used on each Model, Chassis, or Assembly.

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

ABCD ZD1403 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD ZD1404 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD ZD2901 103-00279-18A DIODE; ZENER; 9.1V 0.5W

ABCD ZD3201 103-00279-27A DIODE; ZENER; 18V 0.5W

ABCD ZD3402 103-00279-36A DIODE; ZENER; 33V 0.5W

RC REF PART# DESCRIPTION

Critical safety components are identified by the letter “X” in their component designators and are shaded. Replace only with part numbers specified.

SR23 - 923-03509 4-33 CS - PARTS

Zenith H36E46DT Schematic

Specifications and Main Features

Frequently Asked Questions

User Manual